Week beginning 13 August 2025

Lauren O’Neill-Butler The War of Art A History of Artists’ Protest In America Verso Books (US)|Verso, June 2025

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This is a huge undertaking, with its dense rollcall of information, detailed discussions of various artists, their motivation, and the application of this to their work. The density, and the multitude of ideas and information made this a difficult read. Rather than what I expected, a lively interpretation of the causes embraced by the artists, their successes and failures, the impact of the political environment at the government and community level, and the type of art that artists used to achieve their aims, I felt overwhelmed. So many of these issues are canvassed, but the way in which various strands are muted by the over serious nature of the writing and extraneous detail (or so it seems) makes understanding them difficult.

Where O’Neill – Butler excels is in giving a voice to relatively unknown artists and their work. Again, the mountain of detail needs to be surmounted, but an avid interrogator of this will find valuable material. It just takes some work, and a determination to follow the trails.See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Rhys Bowen Mrs. Endicott’s Splendid Adventure Lake Union Publishing, August 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

I was tempted into reading my first Rhys Bowen novel because of the title. It is reminiscent of the work by some British women novelists writing from the 1930s to the 1960s. There is a particular charm about some of this literature, with its weaving together main female characters who seemingly mildly demand their independence with a well-developed plot which includes gentle humour. Although Rhys Bowen is writing in 2025, her depiction of one such character, Mrs Endicott, in a plot that moves from divorce in an English village to a village in France, portraying the competing demands of old and new friends, war and the sinister arrival of German troops in what has appeared to be a haven, has the appeal of this earlier work. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Miranda Rijks You Can Trust Me Inkubator Books, July 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Mothers and daughters, husbands and wives, friends – all are dancing around each other in this novel of twists and surprises, comic moments, and nefarious activities. Relationships are duplicitous, criminal activity is rife and lies are an integral part of the friendships and partnerships. None of the characters is sympathetic. However, at the same time, their various manipulations are intriguing enough to read to the end of the novel. See Books: Reviews for the remainder of this short review.

Canberra Art Exhibition

CÉZANNE TO GIACOMETTI Until 21 Sep | Ticketed, under 18s free

Only six weeks left to see Cézanne to Giacometti. Don’t miss the Gallery’s winter exhibition featuring artists who have influenced and changed the course of twentieth-century art, with over 80 works from the Museum Berggruen in Berlin alongside works from the national collection.
Cézanne to Giacometti is exclusive to Kamberri/Canberra.

Free entry for visitors under 18 thanks to our supporters, including Principal Patron Tim Fairfax AC, Exhibition Patrons and donors to the 2024 Annual Appeal.

Kids & families
Play and create in a dedicated interactive space by artist Sanné Mestrom.
Shop & read 
Visit the Art Store at the Gallery to browse the illustrated publication and an exclusive product range inspired by the exhibition

NEW COLLECTION HIGHLIGHTS

Visit the international art galleries to experience new acquisitions including Edvard Munch’s Man with horse and Balloon Venus Dolni Vestonice (Yellow), a gleaming 2.7m-high sculpture made of highly polished stainless steel, by American artist Jeff Koons.

Know My Name: Global presents works by women artists who have pushed the limits of artistic practice from the 1960s to the present day, including Judy Chicago, Tracey Emin and Jenny Holzer.

Special Events

Art Talks Fridays
Join artists, curators and experts in exploring the collection and exhibitions during free lunchtime talks each Friday. Listen to past talks online

ART TOGETHER WITH LAUREN BERKOWITZS 30 Aug
Join artist Lauren Berkowitz to reimagine materials left over from transporting and presenting works of art at the National Gallery.

LEARNING & OPPORTUNITIES
For First Nations Arts and Culture professionals, applications for the Dhiraamalang: First Nations Arts Leadership Program open 18 August for the 12-day residency of cultural and professional development this December.
For art students in Year 10 or equivalent, the National Summer Art Scholarship applications open this week. The Scholarship includes artist-led creative workshops and studio visits and behind-the-scenes experiences at the National Gallery. 
For teachers, artists and cultural practitioners, early bird tickets are now available for the National Visual Art Education Conference presented in conjunction with After the Rain, the 5th National Indigenous Art Triennial. Find more professional learning opportunities here

Australian Politics

Blocking social media to the kids will save us all

Yesterday, I announced our Government is going to create a new minimum age for access to social media. We will bring this legislation into Parliament before the end of the year. This is all about supporting parents and protecting children.  

I know there are many Mums and Dads who have been pushing for change in this area and this newspaper has run a strong campaign in support of them. The South Australian Government has been doing important work as well but at the end of the day, this in an issue that crosses state borders. It’s a national challenge that requires national leadership. That’s what our Government is stepping up to deliver.

As parents, we love our children and we worry about them. We do everything we can to keep our kids safe and to help them grow up happy, confident and comfortable with who they are.

Wherever I go in Australia, I know one of the biggest things worrying Mums and Dads is the impact social media is having on their children’s wellbeing.

There’s no going back to a world without technology and the internet has given all of us access to a world of knowledge and culture that can be such a force for good. Buttoo often, social media isn’t social at all. Instead, it’s used as a weapon for bullies, a platform for peer pressure, a driver of anxiety, a vehicle for scammers and, worst of all, a tool for online predators.

Like anything, as we get older most of us get better at spotting the fakes and the risks and we build up the resilience to ignore the nastiness. We get to know that our followers aren’t necessarily our friends and we learn not to measure ourselves against the unattainable standards of curated images.

All of this is tough for young adults and it’s much harder for children. What’s more, parents feel they are working without a map. No previous generation has grown up with smartphones and social media as part of their daily life. Parents are worried about where all this leads and they’re looking to us to help.

That’s why we’re working with the eSafety Commissioner to help parents talk to their children about being safe online and partnering with the Alannah and Madeleine Foundation to fund digital literacy programs in every school in Australia.

Of course, parents already have the option of banningphones or particular social media platforms for their children. But when they do they are up against the powerful force of peer pressure and no-one wants to make their child the odd one out.

Setting a new national minimum age for social media also sets a new community standard. It takes pressure off parents and teachers and backs them with theauthority of government and the law. Changing the dynamic in the schoolyard is crucial to making lasting change in behaviour.

We all know that technology moves fast. I’m sure there will be people who make it a priority to find or make ways around these new laws, some might succeed.None of that is an excuse for inaction. After all, there are plenty of young people who find ways to get alcohol before they turn 18 but no-one is saying we should lower the drinking age.

Government may not be able to protect every child from every threat on social media but we do have a responsibility to do everything we can, to help as many young Australians as we can.

I want young Australians to grow up playing outside with their friends, on the footy field, in the swimming pool, trying every sport that grabs their interest, discovering music and art, being confident and happy in the classroom and at home. Gaining and growing from real experiences, with real people.  

Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, until 30 Aug 
QUEENSLANDSkywhales Across Australia
Horizon Festival, Caloundra, 17 Aug

NEW SOUTH WALESOlive Cotton and her contemporaries Hawkesbury Regional Art Gallery, 22 Aug – 19 Oct 
Clarice Beckett: Paintings from the National Collection Wagga Wagga Regional Gallery, Until 7 Sep

We want children to have their childhood. We want parents to have peace of mind. That’s what a minimum age for safer social media will help achieve.

Our Government understands people are under pressure with the cost of living and we’re acting to help.

We know parents are worried about social media and we’re stepping up to help.  

That’s what our Government does. We listen, we act, we deliver change that makes a positive difference for all Australians

Tech giants fail to tackle heinous crimes against children

Savannah Meacham
Aug 06, 2025, updated Aug 06, 2025Share

There were a few positive improvements with Discord, Microsoft and WhatsApp

There were a few positive improvements with Discord, Microsoft and WhatsApp Photo: AAP

Tech giants have been slammed for failing to crack down on online child sexual abuse material after a safety watchdog raised the alarm about ongoing failures.

But one of those mega-companies has refuted the claim and that it is successfully removing child abuse content, saying the watchdog focused on metrics over performance.

An eSafety report has revealed Apple, Google, Meta, Microsoft, Discord, WhatsApp, Snapchat and Skype are still not doing enough to stop online child sexual abuse even after three years of calls for action.

The watchdog reports Apple and Google’s YouTube were not tracking the number of user reports about child sexual abuse, nor could they say how long it took to respond to the allegations.

The companies also did not provide their number of trust and safety staff to the watchdog.

Child justice advocates slammed the tech giants for their lack of reporting that leaves the true rate of online sexual abuse in the dark.

“They’ve had all these years of warning to say this is unacceptable and continue to have the same safety gaps and shortcomings from past reports,” International Justice Mission Australia chief executive David Braga said.

“We’re talking about crimes here against children,” he added.

eSafety Commissioner Julie Inman Grant said the tech companies’ failure to detail how many reports they received indicates a winding back of content moderation and safety policies.

“What worries me is when companies say, ‘We can’t tell you how many reports we’ve received’ … that’s bollocks, they’ve got the technology,” she told ABC Radio.

It comes as YouTube argues against being included in a social media ban for Australians under 16 years of age on the basis that it is not a social media platform, but rather is often used as an educational resource.

Google has claimed it has been leading the industry fight against child sexual abuse “since day one” to remove the content from its platforms.

“eSafety’s comments are rooted in reporting metrics, not online safety performance,” the spokesperson said.

“More than 99 per cent of all child sexual exploitation or abuse content on YouTube is proactively detected and removed by our robust automated systems before it is flagged or viewed,” they said.

“Our focus remains on outcomes and detecting and removing child sexual exploitation or abuse on YouTube.”

The commission’s latest findings come three years after it uncovered that the platforms were not proactively detecting stored abuse material or using measures to find live-streams of child harm.

The latest report also criticises some platforms for not deploying tools to detect live-streams of child sex abuse, and others for not using the comparison technique called hash matching to detect and remove previously identified illicit content.

Some platforms also fail to use language analysis to detect grooming or sexual extortion, it found.

Justice advocates want the federal government to legislate digital duty of care laws that would make platforms take reasonable steps to prevent foreseeable harms.

“Digital duty of care would put the onus back onto the technology companies to make sure that the products that they provide, the way they design their business model, don’t facilitate the online sexual exploitation of children,” Mr Braga said.

Another watchdog report is due in 2026 with updates from the tech giants.

1800 RESPECT 1800 737 732

National Sexual Abuse and Redress Support Service 1800 211 028

Lifeline 131 114

Kids Helpline 1800 55 1800 (for people aged 5 to 25)

-AAP

A FREE subscription to The New Daily arrives every morning and evening. Subscribe The New Daily is a trusted source of national news and information and is provided free for all Australians. Read our editorial charter.

The Saturday Paper logo

August 08, 2025

Paul Bongiorno Calls for justice in Gaza and progress on Closing the Gap

Neither Anthony Albanese nor any of his ministers joined last Sunday’s “March for Humanity” across Sydney Harbour Bridge, which garnered international attention. Instead, the prime minister and a group of his senior cabinet colleagues attended Australia’s largest Indigenous cultural gathering in north-east Arnhem Land.

Both events, however, pose almost intractable challenges for the prime minister: the protesters’ demand to bring peace to the starving population in Gaza and Garma’s call for a closing of the persistent gap of disadvantage suffered by Australia’s First Peoples, particularly in remote areas.

Whether it was 90,000, as the police initially estimated, or closer to 300,000, as organisers claimed, last weekend’s march in pouring rain was one of the biggest anti-war protests seen since the Vietnam War five decades ago.

It left no doubt that the Gaza conflict is a real issue for Australians, who are demanding their government involve itself even more than it has.

Many called for increased sanctions on Israel, a call rejected by the prime minister, who says we already have imposed sanctions on militant settlers who have attacked Palestinians on the West Bank, as well as on two of the Netanyahu government’s “most extreme” ministers.

Foreign Affairs Minister Penny Wong announced on Monday that the government was committing a further $20 million from the emergency fund set aside in the budget to contribute to aid in Gaza. This brings Australia’s contribution to about $130 million for humanitarian relief to be delivered by agencies on the ground.

Wong says Australia has consistently been part of the international call for Israel “to allow a full and immediate resumption of aid to Gaza, in line with the binding orders of the International Court of Justice”.

The peace movement of the early 1970s was provoked in no small way by contemporaneous pictures of the conflict beamed nightly onto Australian television screens.

The scenes in Gaza, 50 years later, are having even more impact, with images flashed around the world in real time and in colour. The transmission of this horror began with Hamas terrorists on October 7, 2023, broadcasting their killing of Israelis, the destruction of their homes and the abduction of entire families.

The impact has only deepened in the intervening 22 months, with the mounting toll of death and the reporting of destruction and starvation. In light of this, Wong says she was not surprised by the size of the weekend protests.

On ABC Radio she said the marches in Sydney and Melbourne “do reflect the broad Australian community’s horror at what is going on in the Middle East and the desire for peace and a ceasefire, which is what the government is seeking”.

The news midweek that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was planning to extend military operations for a complete takeover of the Gaza Strip was, in Wong’s view, even more reason for Australia and the international community to use recognition of Palestinian statehood to create “a pathway to a two-state solution”.

“There is a risk there will be no Palestine left to recognise,” she says.

Wong says this pathway should be part of the peace process and there is no chance of freeing the remaining hostages unless the war ends. This is an increasing imperative in light of Hamas releasing a video of two of them clearly starving to death.

The foreign affairs minister says this call for an immediate, permanent ceasefire is the view of 600 former Israeli security officials who have written publicly to Netanyahu, and also to United States President Donald Trump, urging him to intervene.

These former officials include previous chiefs of Israel’s Mossad intelligence agency and the military, who believe Hamas no longer poses a strategic threat to Israel.

The Coalition has parted company with Wong and the dissenting Israeli assessment, insisting Hamas must surrender and the hostages be freed before discussions of Palestinian recognition can progress.

There is concern among Liberals that the leadership is getting the tone of its response wrong and that uncritical support of the Netanyahu government is unwarranted and out of sync with public opinion.

On Monday Opposition Leader Sussan Ley finally admitted “there is hunger and starvation in Gaza”.

Ley’s reluctance to appear too sympathetic to the Palestinian cause, according to a close ally, is a response to a “dirt sheet” put out by Angus Taylor’s camp in the lead-up to the leadership contest, accusing her of being “anti-Israel and pro-Palestine”.

Privately, ministers are pessimistic that Netanyahu is susceptible to any outside pressure, except for whatever President Trump can be persuaded to exert. They are hoping the building momentum for a significant vote at the United Nations in September will at the very least draw a line on Israel’s expansionist ambitions.Wong says she was not surprised by the size of the weekend protests … She said the marches in Sydney and Melbourne “do reflect the broad Australian community’s horror at what is going on in the Middle East and the desire for peace and a ceasefire, which is what the government is seeking”.

Albanese has been working tirelessly behind the scenes, his office revealing this week that the prime minister discussed the Gaza situation with United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres late last week.

On Tuesday the prime minister spoke with President Mahmoud Abbas of the Palestinian Authority, which had joined significant Arab states in calling for the disarming of Hamas and the release of the hostages.

This was followed by a call with French President Emmanuel Macron, who is leading the charge for unconditional Palestinian recognition. They discussed getting aid to civilians in Gaza and, according to the briefing note, “their longstanding support for a two-state solution”.

At time of writing, Albanese was still waiting for Netanyahu to take a call. Former minister for foreign affairs Bob Carr, who joined the Sydney Harbour Bridge march, said if Albanese wanted to tell his Israeli counterpart that Australia supports a two-state solution, “he is wasting his breath” because Netanyahu opposes it.

There is only so much Australia can do in responding to the Middle East conflict. There are greater expectations for the government to improve the lot of Indigenous citizens, a task that gains a greater focus at the annual Garma Festival in the Northern Territory.

On Saturday, a croaky Albanese announced what he called a new economic partnership with Indigenous communities and agencies across the country. This First Nations Economic Empowerment Alliance would play a crucial role in administering programs, advising governments and assisting native title-holders to advocate for their rights.

An innovative education initiative would take technical and further education classes to remote communities, training tradespeople in the skills needed for construction and maintenance of homes and business premises. There was $31 million for mobile TAFE and $70 million to “get First Nations clean energy projects up and running”.

Albanese noted more Indigenous health workers and educators were coming through, but he said the latest Productivity Commission report on Closing the Gap showed only four of the 19 targets were on track to be met.

Without naming Peter Dutton or Senator Jacinta Nampijinpa Price, Albanese attacked those “who choose the cheap politics of division over the patient work of lasting change and who seek to turn the grace and generosity of a Welcome to Country … into a political weapon”.

Albanese said, “Culture wars are a dry gully – they offer us nothing, they lead us nowhere.”

Ley declined an invitation to the festival. The Coalition, she says, was represented by a senior member in shadow attorney-general Julian Leeser. Leeser showed moral courage in quitting Dutton’s front bench to support the “Yes” vote in the referendum.

Instead, Ley spent four days in the remote Kimberley region of Western Australia, visiting Indigenous communities with her shadow minister for Indigenous Australians, Kerrynne Liddle. Liddle took the role after Ley moved Price to the defence industry portfolio after the election.

The government is bemused by the “coincidental” timing of Ley’s trip, but it was also clearly designed to send a message that the Coalition is under new management. Ley distanced herself from the Western Australian Liberal division, which was pursuing the culture wars at their state conference, and said she was interested in practical outcomes.

After her WA visit, Ley said the Albanese government “is mismanaging Indigenous policy”. Aboriginal leaders at Garma had a different view, echoing the criticism of Senator Lidia Thorpe in blaming the NT’s Country Liberal Party government.

Thorpe wants the government to review its 80 per cent funding of the Territory budget, especially in light of its new tough-on-crime laws targeting Indigenous youth.

These punitive laws have led to a significant increase in the incarceration rates of Aboriginal people. Nearly 90 per cent of adult prisoners and almost 100 per cent of youth detainees in the Northern Territory identify as Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander.

Darwin-based Aboriginal leader Thomas Mayo says Chief Minister Lia Finocchiaro is “worse than Trump”, ignoring expert advice and implementing policies that exacerbate problems for Indigenous communities.

Finocchiaro says she has a mandate to deliver Territorians safe streets and that frontline workers deserve the protection of hitherto banned spit hoods.

Minister for Indigenous Australians Malarndirri McCarthy say she is listening to the complaints and has concerns about the direction of the NT government, which could undo years of youth justice reform efforts.

The minister is seeking a meeting with Finocchiaro. While the federal government has the power to override Territory legislation and could cut funding, this is a perilous political path. The history of federal intervention in the Territory is far from a happy or productive one.

It’s a precedent that cuts both ways. Canberra should respect the democratic will of the self-governing territory and the chief minister should take note of the Howard government’s failed, punitive intervention.

The calls everywhere this week were ones for justice. 

This article was first published in the print edition of The Saturday Paper on August 8, 2025 as “The march on the bridge”.

The Saturday PaperThe MonthlyAustralian Foreign Affairs

The Saturday Paper logo

John Hewson August 9 – 15, 2025 |  No. 562


Albanese’s long game is paying off

The consequences of the Trump tariff policies seem to finally be coming to a head. Economic figures from the United States suggest that not only has inflation begun to climb again, but that jobs growth has slumped, with steep downward revisions to recent months’ figures. Included in the July jobs report was confirmation that many industries, including manufacturing and construction, have essentially stopped hiring.

Donald Trump’s response, unsurprisingly perhaps, was to fire the head of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). In two of several related rants on his platform, Truth Social, Trump posted: “In my opinion, today’s Jobs Numbers were RIGGED in order to make the Republicans, and ME, look bad” and “The Economy is BOOMING under ‘TRUMP’ ”.

This in turn sparked concerns among economists about the ongoing integrity of the data that the central bank relies on to set interest rates. It’s a concern that can now be added to the increasing likelihood that the US president will – if not directly, then through his constant criticism – force the Federal Reserve chair to step down. Alongside his attacks on the BLS chief Erika McEntarfer was yet another reference to the Fed’s failure to cut interest rates, declaring that “Jerome ‘Too Late’ Powell should also be put ‘out to pasture.’ ”

Meanwhile, Trump’s trade policy continues its erratic course. Much media coverage and commentary has been attempting to make sense of the various deals governments around the world have struck to secure Trump’s favour and some finalisation of their rates.

US trade representative Jamieson Greer now says the recently announced tariff levels are likely to stay in place. They are higher than expected for most countries: 39 per cent for Switzerland, 35 per cent on many goods from Canada, 50 per cent for Brazil, 25 per cent for India, 20 per cent for Taiwan and so on, all by executive order. The European Union’s recent agreement will apparently see its rate from April halved to 15 per cent, equalling the tariff on German cars, which will drop from 25 per cent, but the levies are still far more punitive than what existed before this administration. Meanwhile, Trump’s orders still face legal challenges as to whether the president actually has the power to so easily sideline congress on global trade policy.

It is important to give credit where genuine credit is due, by recognising the success of the Albanese government’s patient, professional and focused diplomacy, mostly conducted behind closed doors.

Many countries remain bewildered as to the logic behind Trump’s decisions. What a pointless exercise. It’s clear that logic has played no part. His misguided economic decisions seem merely the products of his prejudice and desire for revenge.

Trump himself has over time expressed three main objectives, as I see it: boosting government revenue, redressing trade imbalances and rejuvenating industries. Unfortunately, Trump doesn’t run on evidence or value any lessons learnt from the past, but rather seems intent on setting successive and meaningless deadlines and generally bullying governments to join his game and play by his rules. Many did, seeking meetings with Trump and/or his officials very publicly, achieving little if any improvement in their positions but enduring various degrees of humiliation in what has been little better than a global circus.It is important to give credit where genuine credit is due, by recognising the success of the Albanese government’s patient, professional and focused diplomacy, mostly conducted behind closed doors.

In the midst of this, it is important to give credit where genuine credit is due, by recognising the success of the Albanese government’s patient, professional and focused diplomacy, mostly conducted behind closed doors. This achieved the initially most favourable tariff rate of 10 per cent, which was then sustained through Trump’s various tantrums and iterations. This was achieved by very effective engagement by Ambassador Kevin Rudd and the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade team starting late last year and then through the turn of this year. Their strategy has emphasised our free trade agreement with the US, and its positive trade balance with Australia, in the context of what has been an important alliance between our two countries, consistently respected by changing governments over decades.

That the Coalition remains unable to give credit where credit’s due really is a missed opportunity to show strength regarding good policy. Albanese’s achievement with his calm approach was also even more significant given the sustained pressure from our current opposition and its Murdoch media supporters continually demanding the prime minister rush over to the US to bend a knee in a face-to-face meeting with Trump. They kept banging that drum, hoping Albanese would go and be insulted, as so many others have been. The current members seem more keen to parrot Sky News demands to drop everything to make a “deal” with Trump, while offering no detail of what sort of deal he should aim to achieve. What else would the Coalition be prepared to give up to meet with Trump, with what trade-offs? At what cost? How can they ignore that Trump has form in not turning up for even scheduled meetings, as happened with both former prime minister Malcolm Turnbull, who was left sitting in a hotel lobby, and Albanese, who attended the G7 summit in good faith. Moreover, what would be the opposition’s intentions regarding the protection of Australia’s Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme, which American lobbyists and Republican senators have expressed a particular interest in hobbling?

In Australia, we need to understand the volatility and uncertainty that is President Trump. We have to mature beyond the simplicity of believing we share common values and objectives with the US. Evidently with Trump in charge this is no longer possible. He has demonstrated he doesn’t believe in free trade, nor in the international rules-based order that remains fundamental to who we are as a nation and to the image we want to project to the world. We have to take every opportunity to demonstrate our independence and to preserve our sovereignty.

This is clearly what Anthony Albanese has been about.

The Coalition has basically continued to attempt to paint Albanese as a weak leader. I can’t help but wonder in what direction and how the Coalition could have evolved without the coercion and dark energy of Sky News. Sadly, we can’t know, and hope for better times.

The opposition is deluded if they’re imagining they would do better than this government in talks with the US, and some recent statements by the likes of Angus Taylor, Jane Hume and others should be a cause for particular concern. Taylor as shadow defence minister has all but pushed the Coalition to a joint commitment with the US to the security of Taiwan. Taylor is inclined to buckle to pressure from the US to declare what we would do in the event of a war with China, and seems all too willing to commit the hoped-for AUKUS submarines to that purpose. Opposition Leader Sussan Ley obviously had hoped that in giving him the defence portfolio he could be effectively sidelined after his very poor performances as energy minister in the Morrison government and as shadow treasurer under Dutton. But it appears Taylor has ambitions for a Taylor government and is already positioning himself to that end. Sussan, he’s never gonna be a team player.

Another issue the media and opposition have run to complicate Albanese’s task with trade relations has been to criticise his visit to China. It cannot be denied that the prime minister’s China trip was a success, further cementing the significance of our economic relationship with our largest trading partner. It was also important as a base for further trade development. The government has put considerable effort into further trade diversification as opportunities flow from the effects of Trump’s tariffs on others.

The Albanese government has also had to tread a fairly delicate line between trade and defence issues, in particular the way AUKUS is discussed and further negotiated. How embarrassing is it that Scott Morrison has recently played the role as sort of a pretend ambassador, briefing the US congress on how best to deal with China, when his relationship with China was such that neither he nor any of his ministers could pick up a phone to their counterparts. This, of course, had catastrophic consequences. Scott Morrison is hardly one to give advice on matters of international diplomacy, and it would be dangerous to allow him to drift on to explain the significance of AUKUS to a joint security commitment with the US. Our nation can’t afford to have the delicate balance that seems to have been achieved over recent months derailed so unnecessarily.

Ironically, the Trump review of our submarines deal, and the delay in releasing its findings, has given the government time to consider how best to handle the issue. Public sentiment in Australia has moved strongly against such a one-sided deal in favour of the US, given its cost and the compromise of our sovereignty. Not wanting confrontation with our major trading partner, China, it is imperative that our government makes it clear to the US we will resist any further involvement as part of the American war machine.

In this regard, Australia’s political leaders across the aisle need to accept that Trump’s America is a bigger threat to the West than China. 

This article was first published in the print edition of The Saturday Paper on August 9, 2025 as “Albanese’s long game is paying off”.

American Politics

Joyce Vance Civil Discourse

Joyce Vance has said this about George Orwell’s 1984: which is the first Civil Discourse book club read. If you missed the original post, read about it here.

If you’ve started reading—I wasn’t able to wait and listened to the first chapter while walking on the beach this week—I’d love to know what you’re thinking. I had to stop and listen to this line a second time: “It was a bright cold day in April, and the clocks were striking thirteen.

Winston Smith’s world is not right. And it’s not just the macro-political picture. It’s the little things, like the impossible time the clock is striking. You have a sense early on that he lives in a distorted reality. I’m struck again by the ability of fiction to drive home political themes in subtle but effective ways, by how much better we can understand the peril of our own time through this lens.

The book resonates heavily with me in this moment, and I’m sure it will with all of you, too. As you begin reading, we can start chatting about it here.

We are in this together,

Joyce Vance

Rachel Maddow Shows Why No-One Should Cave To Trump’s Bogus Lawsuits

Before Trump started suing media companies that offended him for any reason, there was Devin Nunes, the now chief officer of Trump Media, who sued Rachel Maddow for defamation, and Nunes lost.

Jason Easley Aug 6∙Preview READ IN APP 

After Rachel Maddow did segments on her MSNBC show talking about Devin Nunes and the Russia scandal, Nunes, who was then a member of Congress, sued Maddow for defamation in 2021.Instead of doing what so many large media companies and high-priced talents did when Donald Trump sued them for defamation in 2024, Rachel Maddow and NBC/Universal fought the case, and a funny thing happened.

Maddow and NBC won.

Reuters reported: In a 24-page decision, Castel said Nunes, a longtime supporter of U.S. President Donald Trump, failed to show Maddow was aware of a July 2020 article in Politico saying the FBI had received the package.The judge found no clear and convincing evidence that Maddow had a “high degree of awareness of probable falsity,” or any evidence that “defendant’s admitted political bias caused defendant to act with a reckless disregard of the truth.”

Nunes’ lawyers and Trump Media did not immediately respond on Monday to requests for comment. Lawyers for NBCUniversal did not immediately respond to similar requests.

There should not have been anything unusual about this outcome. Maddow and NBC did what media companies used to do when faced with bogus defamation lawsuits from subjects of stories.

They fought the case.

PoliticusUSA is independent media that needs your help. Please support our work by becoming a subscriber. Subscribe here 

Australian music pioneer, Col Joye, dies

Edited from a story by AAP reporters

Musician, entertainer and entrepreneur Col Joye has died aged 89, after a career that earned him dozens of gold and platinum records, studded with successive number one hits… Col Joye and the Joyboys were the first Australian rock band to reach the American Billboard chart in 1959, touring the US with Billy Thorpe and The Aztecs in the mid-1960s and early 70s.

Joye also toured Vietnam with singer Little Pattie to entertain Australian troops, most famously on August 18, 1966, at Nui Dat when the Battle of Long Tan began nearby. They also visited injured soldiers in hospital after the battle.

Beatlemania impacted Joye’s success, and it was not until 1973 he made another number one single: Heaven Is My Woman’s Love.

In 1983, Joye was awarded the Order of Australia for his work as an entertainer and his philanthropic work. In 1988 Joye was inducted into the ARIA Hall of Fame. The ABC series Long Way to the Top (2001) noted his star power and honoured his career…

Australian singer and songwriter Normie Rowe told the ABC on Wednesday that Joye was one of his idols.

“Col was in my psyche right throughout my entire life. I watched him and I thought, ‘if I’m going to be a singer, that’s the sort of singer I want to be’.”

Sue Milliken named Cinema Pioneer of the Year (edited)

Jackie Keast· AwardsFilmNews August 5, 2025

Veteran producer Sue Milliken will be named Cinema Pioneer of the Year this November, recognised for a career that has helped shape Australia’s screen sector for more than five decades.

Awarded by the Society of Australian Cinema Pioneers, the honour acknowledges not just Milliken’s filmography but her behind-the-scenes influence across funding, governance and policy…

Milliken’s career began in the 1960s, working in continuity on projects such as Skippy. By the following decade, she had carved a path as an independent producer.

Her body of work encompassesThe Odd Angry ShotThe Fringe DwellersBlack RobeSirensDating the EnemyParadise RoadMy Brother JackLadies In Black, which she co-wrote with director Bruce Beresford, and 66 episodes of TV series Farscape.

She also helped usher many more projects to screen via completion guarantor Film Finances, which she represented in Australia from 1980 to 2009, delivering more than $2 billion of production.

She chaired the Australian Film Commission during the mid-90s, helping establish its Indigenous Branch with then CEO Cathy Robinson, and has served on various boards including Screenwest and Screen Producers Australia, where she is a founding member and former president.

Her perspectives on the industry can be seen in her three books: Selective Memory, her memoir; There’s a Fax from Bruce, a collection of correspondence with Bruce Beresford; and a guide to producing, written with Andrena Finlay, Producing for the Screen.

The Cinema Pioneer of the Year award sits alongside a host of other honours for Milliken, who was appointed Officer of the Order of Australia in 2008 for her services to the industry. She is also a recipient of the Longford Lyell Award, a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Australian International Movie Convention and the Chauvel Award from the Gold Coast Film Festival… 

Could you write a story in 300 words?

Mslexia <postbag@mslexia.co.uk> Friday 8 August 2025



What kind of writer are you? 

I’ve always thought of myself as a poet – and a performer more than anything – but when I read Martha Lane’s piece on flash fiction in issue 103 of Mslexia, it made me wonder… could I write flash?

Maybe you’ll feel the same. I’ve included the entire article below so you can see for yourself. 

If you’ve never tried your hand at the form, Martha’s piece might be a game changer – packed with practical advice, surprising insights, and just enough intrigue to make you pick up your pen and give it a go.

And if you find yourself feeling flashy? Our Flash Fiction Competition is open until 22 September. So if you’ve got a brilliant 300-word story, now’s the time to get it down.

I’m not allowed to enter, but I promise you – it’s well worth the price of admission. Place in the top four and you’ll be passing around a copy of Mslexia this Christmas, showing off your published work. Imagine that.

Lucy x
 
From Aesop’s fables to Ernest Hemingway’s famous ‘For sale: baby shoes, never worn’, flash fiction has always been a part of our storytelling landscape. And given the wealth of new literary zines publishing the genre, it looks like it’s here to stay. These up-and-coming platforms, alongside existing well-established outlets, mean an increasing number of opportunities for flash writers to get their stories showcased and read.

In the next three issues of Mslexia, I will delve into how to make your flash stories as good as they can be – finding ideas, making titles work hard for you, and creating endings that linger in your readers’ minds. Finally I’ll look at how to navigate (possibly even enjoy) the rollercoaster ride of flash publishing and how to build on your success once you’ve found a home for your work. But first, a little introduction into the big wide world of the tiniest stories. 

Flash fiction is essentially any story told in under 1,000 words. But there’s so much more to these little gems than their word count. Flashes are succinct stories that get straight to the heart of things. There’s no time for meandering, no space for backstories, minor characters or complicated world building: just intense flashes in the pan. Don’t be put off by this brevity though; flash fiction can tackle themes that are just as profound as those posed by novels: lost love, parenthood, grief and betrayal, to name just a few.

Flash fiction’s superpower is its scope and flexibility. As well as being used to tackle big topics and emotions, it is in a much better position than novels and longer short stories to explore those fascinating quirks of human existence that can’t be sustained for a longer narrative. Why banging your funny bone or a paper cut hurts more than some medical procedures; why we never seem to remember why we walked into a room; the irony of enforcing screentime rules on our kids from behind our phones; the fact house flies hum in the F key – those little moments that we might share over the water cooler but couldn’t expand into a TED Talk. 

What makes flash so enjoyable? The answer is concision. The aspect of flash that makes it so daunting to write is precisely what makes these stories so satisfying to read. Inciting incident, drama, conclusion – all in under four minutes? Yes please. 

So what stories work best for the genre? Flash fictions are often about emotionally draining things: grief and loss, trauma and heartbreak. The level of intensity that a writer can maintain – and a reader can take – in a short word count is much higher than in a longer form. In that sense, flash is similar to poetry. Indeed, flash is probably as close to poetry as prose can get, and relies on many poetic techniques to make it sing. Rhythm, rhyme and repetition can all be your friends when writing flash.

And what doesn’t work? It’s unlikely that a historical saga or epic adventure would work in a flash – though I’m not saying you shouldn’t try. The best stories are those that zoom in on a specific moment – a realisation, a turning point for your main character. You don’t have enough words for preamble or explanation. Your story should start with action, no matter how low-key that action is. For me the most memorable flashes are those that take an oblique approach to their subject matter; or in which the techniques chosen by the writer make a story we’ve all heard before seem fresh and new. 

Where do writers go wrong? Flash fiction shouldn’t be a vignette or descriptive exercise. It must be a complete story; you can be obtuse and lyrical, but there must be plot, movement and change, however minimal. Sometimes writers tackle a plot that is too complicated for a flash fiction; some stories simply can’t be condensed into the maximum word count without losing the essence of what they intend. And the most beautiful emotive words will be wasted if the pacing is wrong and the ending rushed. The best way to avoid these errors is practise; you won’t really find out which stories work until you write them.

While flash fiction is a very constrained form, its meanings are anything but. Some burn bright like pop art, while others are impressionist paintings, providing just enough information for the reader to conjure an image. The fun for the writer is choosing how much to give away, and how far to push an image – my advice is to push it a bit further than you think it can go! This push and pull between the reader and writer, how much the writer is willing to reveal, is what makes flash so great. 
 ENTER HERE

The Conversation UK The Daily

As Donald Trump tries yet again to force Vladimir Putin closer to some kind of peace negotiation, one strong bargaining chip is the unexpected power of Ukraine’s drone campaign. New research shows these drone attacks have had a far-reaching impact, forcing Russia to move its air defences, stoking fuel price rises and costing Moscow around US$700 million in just a few months.

President Volodymyr Zelensky’s calls for a ceasefire are now underpinned by this added threat Ukraine is able to pose – something Putin would not have predicted at the beginning of the war.

Week beginning 6 August 2025

Allison Tyra Uncredited Women’s Overlooked, Misattributed, and Stolen Work Rising Action Publishing | Rising Action, May 2025.

Thank you NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

When reading research that demonstrates, yet again, the way that women and their accomplishments have been, as Alison Tyra says ‘overlooked, misattributed and stolen,’ it is difficult, heartbreaking, enraging and distressing. But it can also be enlightening and invigorating. Tyra accomplishes so much in her work, it is certainly enlightening, with its wide reach over the numerous ways in which women’s work can be “disappeared”. It also covers a vast range of professions and activities. And, if that is not enough to demonstrate the broad range of ways in which women’s contributions are unacknowledged, hidden, stolen, or misattributed, Tyra provides so many examples of locations in which these events can be found. In short, it seems that if there is a question about whose, where, what, and why women’s work has been overlooked, misattributed, and stolen, Tyra provides answers in this compelling read. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Rose Neal, E.D.E.N. Southworth’s Hidden Hand The Untold Story of America’s Famous Forgotten Nineteenth-Century Author The Globe Pequot Publishing Group, Inc|Lyons Press, May 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

E.D.E.N. Southworth, a nineteenth century writer, captured the imaginations of women wanting something different in their lives, even if it was imaginary. She was a prolific writer, published in journal and book form, raised uncomfortable issues, and introduced female characters who, it seemed, could do anything. They had to rise above the discriminatory society in which they sought to make their way. But rise they did. Rose Neal, emulating Southworth’s ability to connect with her readers has captured vividly the woman about whom she writes. Southworth was a stimulating writer, and every page of Neal’s biography exudes comparable enthusiasm about Southworth, her work, the tribulations she experienced, and so profoundly, Southworth’s world. Unlike Southworth, who at times had to curb her questing spirit to meet publishers’ demands, Neal appears to have sought out every piece of information available and used it, complimentary or not. Where none is accessible Neal’s speculation about how Southworth may have reacted or been part of an activity or group, is satisfying. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Discover women’s history in your area: ‘You just have to start looking’

The Guardian Sun 18 May 2025 06.00 AEST

She Shapes History tour featuring guide Sita Sargeant.
‘In Australia, women are represented in fewer than one in 10 places named after people,’ writes Sita Sargeant, pictured leading a She Shapes History tour. Photograph: Martin Ollman

Women are underrepresented in monuments and place names, but their stories are everywhere, says history tour guide Sita Sargeant, who shares her methods for celebrating local women’s contributions

Fewer than 4% of statues in Australia are of women. Through the monuments we build and the names we remember, we are loudly saying that women’s contributions aren’t worthy of respect. How will we ever close the gender pay gap, get more women into leadership positions and reduce violence against women if we can’t even recognise their historical contributions?

In 2021, I became so frustrated with women’s stories being overlooked and their impact underestimated that I felt I had no choice but to do something about it.

So I started sharing the stories of the incredible women who had shaped my home town of Canberra on a two-hour walking tour on Sundays. Walking tours felt like the perfect entry point. They’re accessible, engaging and fun. The stories stick because they’re tied to real places and told in ways that feel relevant. From the start, my hope was that our tours would spark curiosity and inspire people to dig deeper.

Sita Sargeant guiding a walking tour
Sita Sargeant guides a She Shapes History walking tour, which operate in Canberra, Sydney and Melbourne. Photograph: Martin Ollman

Once I started, I found that women’s stories are everywhere. You just have to start looking and, once you do, you won’t stop seeing them.

Four years on, She Shapes History is no longer just one frustrated woman with an idea. We run tours in Canberra, Sydney and Melbourne, have trained over a dozen incredible guides and welcomed thousands of people to walk with us and hear these stories. I’ve also spent six months travelling Australia to write a book about what I’ve found.

But you don’t need to start a tour to make an impact. Just choose one woman whose story resonates with you, do a bit more research on her and then share her story everywhere you go.

After years of telling women’s stories in entirely unexpected moments – from first dates to job interviews to chats with the bartender at my local pub – I’ve learned that no one will get mad at you for sharing a great story.

Look for women who have been commemorated

You’d be surprised by how many women have been commemorated – we just haven’t been taught to look for them, or learn their names.

Begin with your neighbourhood: Start where you live. Read the plaques. Look into the stories behind the names of nearby streets, parks and buildings. In Australia, women are represented in fewer than one in 10 places named after people. While that’s a pretty shocking stat, it still means thousands of women have been recognised.

Statue of a woman female convict in 19th century dress at historic Cascades Female Factory, South Hobart, Tasmania, Australia
Statue of a woman convict in 19th century dress at historic Cascades Female Factory, South Hobart, Tasmania. Photograph: Adam Fry/Alamy

Visit museums explicitly focused on sharing women’s contributions: My favourites include the Cascades Female Factory in Hobart, Her Place Women’s Museum in Melbourne, Miegunyah Historic House Museum in Brisbane, Story Bank in Maryborough and the Women’s Museum of Australia in Alice Springs.

Dive into local resources

Although more women than you might expect have been commemorated, the majority haven’t. This means you’ll need to do some digging. As you explore the history of your town or city, take note of any women’s names you come across, as well as any historical moments where women should be represented, but seem to be missing. The more research you do, the better you’ll become at spotting these gaps. Once you’ve gathered names, dive deeper into their stories.

Take a walking tour: Walking tours are an excellent shortcut for finding stories – tour guides have already done the research and selected the best ones.

Read local histories: Councils often publish town histories, self-guided walking tours and information about historical landmarks. While these resources rarely focus on just women, you’ll often find them mentioned throughout.

Visit local museums: These places are treasure troves of stories and often include perspectives overlooked by larger institutions. Don’t forget to carry cash for entry and donations, and check their hours before you visit— many are volunteer-run with limited opening times.

Explore cemeteries: Gravestones and inscriptions often tell the stories of community leaders, family matriarchs and remarkable women.

Talk to women: Ask the women in your life: your mum, grandmother, neighbours, colleagues, friends, or even the woman who runs your local pub. These conversations often uncover personal perspectives and overlooked stories you won’t find in books or archives. My favourite icebreaker (on tours, at dinner parties, even on dates) is simple: who is a woman who inspires you? Everyone can name someone.

Look for community archives: Your local library, council, or historical society might already have a history collection or community archive. Most of this isn’t online, so it’s worth popping in for a chat. Historical societies can be particularly valuable. Often run by passionate volunteers, these groups have the knowhow, resources and archives to help you dig into particular people or periods. To find your local historical society, search your town’s name and “historical society” online – something should come up.

Search online platforms: Start with Trove, the Australian Women’s Register, the Australian Dictionary of Biography and state or local archives. Don’t overlook local history blogs – they’re often packed with incredible stories you wouldn’t find elsewhere.

Preserve and share what you find

Don’t let all these incredible stories fade into obscurity – celebrate and share them with others.

Talk to the women in your life: Record interviews with women in your community and donate them to local historical societies, archives or libraries.

Write it down: Encourage women to share their stories through memoirs, essays or reflections.

Contribute to local histories: Many councils, libraries and historical societies accept photos, written stories, or oral histories, and they’re often thrilled to receive material about women. You might even find they’re working on a local project or publication you can contribute to.

Share online and in the community: Use blogs, social media, zines, podcasts or even walking tours to amplify these stories. Start Wikipedia pages for the women you find. Use art, photography or theatre to bring stories to life. Host panels, storytelling nights or film screenings celebrating women’s contributions. Use whatever tools you have to share the stories of women in your community.

She Shapes History by Sita Sargeant

Incorporate women’s stories into your everyday life: Teachers, bring women’s histories in your classroom; professionals, advocate for gender considerations in policy, health care and design; book clubs, highlight local women’s history or historical fiction. No matter what you do, there’s an opportunity to include women’s stories.

Nominate women for public commemoration: Submit the names and stories of women who deserve to be remembered to your local government for the naming of new streets, parks, schools, suburbs and other public landmarks.

Support movements for public art and place naming: Initiatives like A Monument of One’s Own or Put Her Name On It, campaign for more statues, place names and public art honouring women. Share their work, attend their events and help amplify the call for more visible recognition of women in our shared spaces.

  • This is an edited extract from She Shapes History by Sita Sargeant, published by Hardie Grant Explore (A$34.99)


An Appreciation of British Women Writers from 1960-1990

Miles Leeson ·2 August at 03:52 ·

A new online course, starting in September, studying the work of Elizabeth Taylor, Anita Brookner, Angela Carter, Alice Thomas Ellis, and Rumer Godden. More details on the blog, via the link below.

Literature Cambridge Online

We will study:

Elizabeth Taylor, Angel (1957)

Rumer Godden, In this House of Brede (1969)

Angela Carter, The Bloody Chamber (1979)

Alice Thomas Ellis, The Birds of the Air (1980)

Anita Brookner, Hotel du Lac (1984)

A rare chance to study these five excellent works side by side.

Together, these novels map out different forms of post-war womanhood, overshadowed by tradition, perhaps, yet reaching – sometimes desperately, sometimes gracefully – toward real self-sufficiency and power.

Places are filling – do join us.

#womenwriters#rumergodden#angelacarter#anitabrookner

American politics

DC insider won’t minimize Trump’s repugnance | Opinion

Opinion by Robert Reich

 It gets bleaker and bleaker. He’s eviscerating environmental protections. He accuses Obama of treason. He’s ripping up labor protections. He wants to privatize Social Security. He fires the head of the Bureau of Labor Statistics because he doesn’t like the job numbers. He forces the Smithsonian to take down an exhibit that includes his two impeachments. The European Union, Japan, Columbia University, and CBS are all surrendering to him.

Many of you ask me where I get my hope from, notwithstanding.

Three sources.

First, from all the young people I work with every day. They’re enormously dedicated, committed to making the world better. They’ll inherit this mess, and they’re ready to clean it up and strengthen our democracy. They also have extraordinary energy. And they’re very funny. It is impossible not to be hopeful around them.

Second, from history. We are now in a second Gilded Age that, like the first one (from the late 19th century to the start of the 20th), features wide inequalities of income and wealth, abuses of power by the oligarchs (then called “robber barons”), and a bullied and abused working class.

What happened then? The great pendulum of America swung back. The first Gilded Age was followed by what historians call the Progressive Era. Taxes were raised on the wealthy. Antitrust laws were enacted. Regulations stopped corporate malfeasance. Big money was barred from politics. And reformers — starting with Teddy Roosevelt in 1901 and extending through his fifth cousin, FDR, in 1933 — made life better for average working people.*

 I don’t know exactly how or when the pendulum will swing back this time, but I am certain it will. And the regressive moral squalor of Trump and his lackeys will be swept into the dustbin of history.

My third source of optimism comes from people I meet all over America, including self-described Republicans in so-called “red” states and “red” cities, who detest what’s happening to the nation and to the world under Trump (as well as under Netanyahu and Putin).

There’s a profound decency in the sinews of America. Most Americans are generous and kind.

Opinion polls show the vast majority don’t want ICE agents disappearing their neighbors off the streets and into detention camps. They reject Trump prosecuting his so-called enemies. They think it’s wrong for him to pocket billions from crypto and other pay-to-play schemes. They don’t like him or his lackeys verbally attacking federal judges, or silencing critics.

Over 80 percent believe the minimum wage should be raised, that no full-time worker should be in poverty, that corporations should share their profits with their employees, that working people should get paid family leave, and that child care and elder care should be affordable.

I don’t want to minimize the repugnance of Trump and his sycophants. Like you, I wince when I read the news. Some days I despair.

But there are sources of hope all around us. Find them. Cling to them. Never give up.

Robert Reich is a professor of public policy at Berkeley and former secretary of labor. His writings can be found at https://robertreich.substack.com/.

*The Gilded Age, part 3 of what will be a four-part series, written by Julian Fellows, is currently being shown on television. There is detailed, animated and lengthy discussion on a Facebook site dedicated to the program. Although I do not read all the posts, I have yet to find any that refer to the way in which the “robber barons” are treating the working class, or criticism of the wealth and the way in which it is achieved.

An Assault on Truth – The Atlantic Daily

Monday, August 4, 2025.

Awarding superlatives in the Donald Trump era is risky. Knowing when one of his moves is the biggest or worst or most aggressive is challenging—not only because Trump himself always opts for the most over-the-top description, but because each new peak or trough prepares the way for the next. So I’ll eschew a specific modifier and simply say this: The past five days have been deeply distressing for the truth as a force in restraining authoritarian governance

In a different era, each of these stories would have defined months, if not more, of a presidency. Coming in such quick succession, they risk being subsumed by one another and sinking into the continuous din of the Trump presidency. Collectively, they represent an assault on several kinds of truth: in reporting and news, in statistics, and in the historical record.

On Thursday, The Washington Post revealed that the Smithsonian National Museum of American History had removed references to Trump’s record-setting two impeachments from an exhibit’s section on presidential scandals. The deletion reportedly came as part of a review to find supposed bias in Smithsonian museums. Now, referring to Presidents Andrew Johnson, Richard Nixon, and Bill Clinton, the exhibit states that “only three presidents have seriously faced removal.” This is false—Trump came closer to Senate conviction than Clinton did. The Smithsonian says the material about Trump’s impeachments was meant to be temporary (though it had been in place since 2021), and that references will be restored in an upcoming update.

If only that seemed like a safe bet. The administration, including Vice President J. D. Vance, an ex officio member of the Smithsonian board, has been pressuring the Smithsonian to align its messages with the president’s political priorities, claiming that the institution has “come under the influence of a divisive, race-centered ideology.” The White House attempted to fire the head of the National Portrait Gallery, which it likely did not have the power to do. (She later resigned.) Meanwhile, as my colleague Alexandra Petri points out, the administration is attempting to eliminate what it views as negativity about American history from National Park Service sites, a sometimes-absurd proposition.

During his first term, Trump criticized the removal of Confederate monuments, which he and allies claimed was revisionist history. It was not—preserving history doesn’t require public monuments to traitors—but tinkering with the Smithsonian is very much attempting to rewrite the official version of what happened, wiping away the impeachments like an ill-fated Kremlin apparatchik.

The day after the Post report, the Corporation for Public Broadcasting announced that it will shut down. Its demise was sealed by the administration’s successful attempt to get Congress to withdraw funding for it. Defunding CPB was a goal of Project 2025, because the right views PBS and NPR as biased (though the best evidence that Project 2025 is able to marshal for this are surveys about audience political views). Although stations in major cities may be able to weather the loss of assistance, the end of CPB could create news and information deserts in more remote areas.

When Trump isn’t keeping information from reaching Americans, he’s attacking the information itself. Friday afternoon, after the Bureau of Labor Statistics released revised employment statistics that suggested that the economy is not as strong as it had appeared, Trump’s response was to fire the commissioner of the BLS, baselessly claiming bias. Experts had already begun to worry that government inflation data were degrading under Trump. Firing the commissioner won’t make the job market any better, but it will make government statistics less trustworthy and undermine any effort by policy makers, including Trump’s own aides, to improve the economy. The New York Times’ Ben Casselman catalogs plenty of examples of leaders who attacked economic statistics and ended up paying a price for it. (Delving into these examples might provide Trump with a timely warning, but as the editors of The Atlantic wrote in 2016, “he appears not to read.”)The next day, the Senate confirmed Jeanine Pirro to be the top prosecutor for the District of Columbia. Though Pirro previously served as a prosecutor and judge in New York State, her top credential for the job—as with so many of her administration colleagues—is her run as a Fox News personality. Prior to the January 6 riot, she was a strong proponent of the false claim that the 2020 election was stolen. Her statements were prominent in a successful defamation case against Fox, and evidence in the case included a discussion of why executives yanked her off the air on November 7, 2020. “They took her off cuz she was being crazy,” Tucker Carlson’s executive producer wrote in a text. “Optics are bad. But she is crazy.”

This means that a person who either lied or couldn’t tell fact from fiction, and whom even Fox News apparently didn’t trust to avoid a false claim, is being entrusted with power over federal prosecutions in the nation’s capital. (Improbably, she still might be an improvement over her interim predecessor.)Even as unqualified prosecutors are being confirmed, the Trump White House is seeking retribution against Jack Smith, the career Justice Department attorney who led Trump’s aborted prosecutions on charges related to subverting the 2020 election and hoarding of documents at Mar-a-Lago. The Office of Special Counsel—the government watchdog that is led at the moment, for some reason, by the U.S. trade representative—is investigating whether Smith violated the Hatch Act, which bars some executive-branch officials from certain political actions while they’re on the job, by charging Trump. Never mind that the allegations against Trump were for overt behavior. Kathleen Clark, a professor of law at Washington University in St. Louis, told the Post she had never seen the OSC investigate a prosecutor for prosecutorial decisions. The charges against Trump were dropped when he won the 2024 election. If anything, rather than prosecutions being used to interfere with elections, Trump used the election to interfere with prosecutions.

This is a bleak series of events. But although facts can be suppressed, they cannot be so easily changed. Even if Trump can bowdlerize the BLS, that won’t change the underlying economy. As Democrats discovered during the Biden administration, you can’t talk voters out of bad feelings about the economy using accurate statistics; that wouldn’t be any easier with bogus ones. Trump is engaged in a broad assault on truth, but truth has ways of fighting back.

Related: Donald Trump shoots the messenger. The new dark age.

Heather Cox Richardson Letters from an American

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com>

Sixty years ago tomorrow, on August 6, 1965, President Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act. The need for the law was explained in its full title: “An Act to enforce the fifteenth amendment to the Constitution, and for other purposes.”

In the wake of the Civil War, Americans tried to create a new nation in which the law treated Black men and white men as equals. In 1865 they ratified the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution, outlawing enslavement except as punishment for crimes. In 1868 they adjusted the Constitution again, guaranteeing that anyone born or naturalized in the United States—except certain Indigenous Americans—was a citizen, opening up suffrage to Black men. In 1870, after Georgia legislators expelled their newly seated Black colleagues, Americans defended the right of Black men to vote by adding that right to the Constitution.

All three of those amendments—the Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth—gave Congress the power to enforce them. *In 1870, Congress established the Department of Justice to do just that. Reactionary white southerners had been using state laws, and the unwillingness of state judges and juries to protect Black Americans from white gangs and cheating employers, to keep Black people subservient. White men organized as the Ku Klux Klan to terrorize Black men and to keep them and their white allies from voting to change that system. In 1870 the federal government stepped in to protect Black rights and prosecute members of the Ku Klux Klan.With federal power now behind the Constitutional protection of equality, threatening jail for those who violated the law, white opponents of Black voting changed their argument against it.

In 1871 they began to say that they had no problem with Black men voting on racial grounds; their objection to Black voting was that Black men, just out of enslavement, were poor and uneducated. They were voting for lawmakers who promised them public services like roads and schools, and which could only be paid for with tax levies.

The idea that Black voters were socialists—they actually used that term in 1871—meant that white northerners who had fought to replace the hierarchical society of the Old South with a society based on equality began to change their tune. They looked the other way as white men kept Black men from voting, first with terrorism and then with grandfather clauses that cut out Black men without mentioning race by permitting a man to vote if his grandfather had, literacy tests in which white registrars got to decide who passed, poll taxes, and so on. States also cut up districts unevenly to favor the Democrats, who ran an all-white, segregationist party. By 1880 the South was solidly Democratic, and it would remain so until 1964.Southern states always held elections: it was just foreordained that Democrats would win them.Black Americans never accepted this state of affairs, but their opposition did not gain powerful national traction until after World War II.

During that war, Americans from all walks of life had turned out to defeat fascism, a government system based on the idea that some people are better than others. Americans defended democracy and, for all that Black Americans fought in segregated units, and that race riots broke out in cities across the country during the war years, and that the government interned Japanese Americans, lawmakers began to recognize that the nation could not effectively define itself as a democracy if Black and Brown people lived in substandard housing, received substandard educations, could not advance from menial jobs, and could not vote to change any of those circumstances.

Meanwhile, Black Americans and people of color who had fought for the nation overseas brought home their determination to be treated equally, especially as the financial collapse of European nations loosened their grip on their former African and Asian colonies and launched new nations.Those interested in advancing Black rights turned, once again, to the federal government to overrule discriminatory state laws. Spurred by lawyers Thurgood Marshall and Constance Baker Motley, judges used the due process clause and the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment to argue that the protections in the Bill of Rights applied to the states, that is, the states could not deprive any American of equality. In 1954 the Supreme Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren, the Republican former governor of California, used this doctrine when it handed down the Brown v. Board of Education decision declaring segregated schools unconstitutional.

White reactionaries responded with violence, but Black Americans continued to stand up for their rights. In 1957 and 1960, under pressure from Republican president Dwight Eisenhower, Congress passed civil rights acts designed to empower the federal government to enforce the laws protecting Black voting.

In 1961 the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) and the Council of Federated Organizations (COFO) began intensive efforts to register voters and to organize communities to support political change. Because only 6.7% of Black Mississippians were registered, Mississippi became a focal point, and in the “Freedom Summer” of 1964, organized under Bob Moses, volunteers set out to register voters. On June 21, Ku Klux Klan members, at least one of whom was a law enforcement officer, murdered organizers James Chaney, Andrew Goodman, and Michael Schwerner near Philadelphia, Mississippi, and, when discovered, laughed at the idea they would be punished for the murders.

That year, Congress passed the Civil Rights Act of 1964, which strengthened voting rights. When Black Americans still couldn’t register to vote, on March 7, 1965, in Selma, Alabama, marchers set out for Montgomery to demonstrate that they were being kept from registering. Law enforcement officers on horseback met them with clubs on the Edmund Pettus Bridge. The officers beat the marchers, fracturing the skull of young John Lewis (who would go on to serve 17 terms in Congress).

On March 15, President Johnson called for Congress to pass legislation defending Americans’ right to vote. It did. And on this day in 1965, the Voting Rights Act became law. It became such a fundamental part of our legal system that Congress repeatedly reauthorized it, by large margins, as recently as 2006.But in the 2013 Shelby County v. Holder decision, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice John Roberts struck down the provision of the law requiring that states with histories of voter discrimination get approval from the Department of Justice before they changed their voting laws. Immediately, the legislatures of those states, now dominated by Republicans, began to pass measures to suppress the vote. In the wake of the 2020 election, Republican-dominated states increased the rate of voter suppression, and on July 1, 2021, the Supreme Court permitted such suppression with the Brnovich v. Democratic National Committee decision.

Currently, the Supreme Court is considering whether a Louisiana district map that took race into consideration to draw a district that would protect Black representation is unconstitutional. About a third of Louisiana’s residents are Black, but in 2022 its legislature carved the state up in such a way that only one of its six voting districts was majority Black. A federal court determined that the map violated the Voting Rights Act, so the legislature redrew the map to give the state two majority-Black districts.

A group of “non-African American voters” immediately challenged the law, saying the new maps violated the Fourteenth Amendment because the mapmakers prioritized race when drawing them. A divided federal court agreed with their argument. Now the Supreme Court will weigh in.

Meanwhile, on July 29, Senator Raphael Warnock (D-GA) led a number of his Democratic colleagues in reintroducing a measure to restore and expand the Voting Rights Act. The bill is called the John R. Lewis Voting Rights Advancement Act after the man whose skull police officers fractured on the Edmund Pettus Bridge.—Notes:https://www.nps.gov/articles/000/constance-baker-motley.htmhttps://www.oyez.org/cases/2025/24-109https://www.naacpldf.org/case-issue/louisiana-v-callais-faq/https://apnews.com/article/voting-rights-discrimination-democrats-supreme-court-gop-d4238972cbb94cb9ce02e59aae643f2c

*See Elie Mystal’s Bad Law, reviewed – Blog January 8, 2025. He has some trenchant comments on the Amendments associated with voting laws and equality.

*John Lewis The Last Interview reviewed – Blog November 17, 2021.

Canberra Writers Festival

OPENING NIGHT AND SPECIAL EVENTS

It’s time to get excited!  Over the coming weeks we will start to share the incredible line-up we have for you at this year’s Canberra Writers Festival.  But we can’t hold back some big news any longer…

Opening Night: The Haunting Australia of Jane Harper!
Thursday 23 October | 6.30pm
Gandel Atrium, National Museum of Australia 

Celebrate Opening Night with international best-selling author Jane Harper and her soon to be released, new haunting mystery, Last One Out.  No writer captures the deeply ominous presence of the Australian bush and its outposts, quite like Jane Harper. In The DryThe Lost ManForce of Nature – and now Last One Out – she holds a mirror up to our own fear. With this new masterpiece of Australian eeriness, you can feel the bush sunlight in your eyes and dust in your throat.  

Jane will be in a captivating conversation with Canberra’s own Alex Sloan, who will put the questions we’re all dying to ask about Jane’s meteoric rise in Australian novel writing, her craft in shaping such memorable plots and characters, and why she can’t turn her eyes away from the bush at dusk.

With Alice Matthews, ABC Canberra, at the helm as our Master of Ceremonies we will give you a night to remember… with special guest Canberra musical legend and author, Fred Smith.  Let’s celebrate and welcome the stellar line up of brilliant international, interstate and local authors we have in store throughout the festival.
Dalton Defies Gravity: Trent Dalton in Conversation
Saturday 25 October | 6.30pm
National Library of Australia

Presented in partnership with the ANU Meet the Author.

Australia’s bestselling-author of Boy Swallows Universe, Trent Dalton, is back with a bang ‘surprise’ new book – and he wants you to be the first to hear about it. Trent shook the literary world with his embellished memoir of petty crime, drug dealing and family violence in 1980s Brisbane. The way he captured doing it tough, in a uniquely Australian way, became a cultural phenomenon and the most successful Australian-made Netflix series ever.  

After a series of subsequent bestselling books, Trent returns with his most personal work yet, Gravity Let Me Go, again set in Brisbane, and about a journalist obsessed with the true-crime scoop of a lifetime. Dark, occasionally terrifying, but with wonderful moments of humour, light and Dalton-sweetness, Trent shows us again why we see ourselves in his work… could the characters be us if we’d just taken a few wrong turns?

In conversation with journalist, author and book enthusiast extraordinaire, Caroline Overington.

Week beginning July 30th 2025

Penny Batchelor The Woman Next Door Embla Books, May 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

The main character, Jen, has three dilemmas to deal with: her inability to become pregnant, despite two expensive IVF treatments; her and Gary’s financial position which makes saving for another IVF treatment difficult; and the new neighbour, Stacy, who has bullied Jen remorselessly at school. I needed to keep all these in mind as I metaphorically trudged through Jen’s turgid portrayal of her troubles. Jen is in her thirties but falls easily into school age behaviour when Stacy reenacts her past bullying – taking Jen’s friends and social occasions for herself, telling lies about Jen’s behaviour, and sniping at her for her childlessness.

One positive feature of Jen’s dealing with her next-door neighbour is that she recognises and regrets having been a people pleaser, leading her to misreading the sincerity of friendships. She begins building new friendships which are based on mutual caring and benefit, also reaching out to a friend who shared the torment of Stacy’s behaviour in the past. See Books: Reviews

Minka Kent The Memory Watcher Thomas & Mercer, May 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Minka Kent always provides me with an excellent beach read, but this time as I negotiated Autumn Carpenter’s and Daphne McMullen’s stories, I felt that she had done more. Both women are absorbing characters, their personal and public faces vying with each other for attention and empathy. Each is dependent on the support of her partner, and vividly aware of being so. It is their dependence that is an enduring feature of the novel, even when the ending might suggest otherwise. It is the fraught nature of the way in which each interacts with their partners, families, the wider community, and the reader that keeps the tension high in this thriller.

Yes, The Memory Watcher is described as a thriller. However, it does not rely on bloodshed to be an engaging narrative. Autumn is following Daphne’s adopted daughter, at first on social media as Daphne records her ideal family in blissful photos of outings, meals, and family interaction. When the social media account is closed, Autumn must follow Grace in person – putting into effect her having managed to locate herself in close proximity to the McMullen family. She has cleverly manipulated her way into her partner’s life and proceeds to do so into the McMullen’s lives. But the question remains – Daphne has closed her social media account. Why? And she too, is leading a life outside her perfect family, and it is this life that becomes a drug – in reality and metaphorically. See Books: Reviews

Australian Politics

Tanya Plibersek is at Parliament House, Canberra.

·

So proud of these five new MPs who delivered fantastic first speeches yesterday. Some fun facts – our new Labor caucus is made up of 57% women, more young people, people living with disability and more people with diverse cultural backgrounds.

This is what democracy looks like.

Secret London

London Has Beaten The Likes Of Paris And Rome To The Title Of ‘Most Romantic City’

A new study by experts Pour Moi has crowned London as the world’s most romantic city, surpassing iconic destinations like Paris and Rome.

 Vaishnavi Pandey – Staff Writer • 2 May, 2025

London sunset in the skyline
Credit: Balate.Dorin, Shutterstock

As couples begin planning their summer getaways, a new study by experts Pour Moi has crowned London as the world’s most romantic city, surpassing iconic destinations like Paris and Rome.

This comprehensive global ranking analysed over 550 cities to reveal the ultimate hotspots for lovebirds seeking memorable escapes. And to no surprise to us, our capital city scored the highest!

Pour Moi created a “Romantic Score” for each city based on three key data streams: the number of times attractions were described as “romantic” by visitors on review platforms, the availability of “couple-friendly” activities and things to do and the volume of Instagram posts tagged with #datenight plus the city’s name.

These factors were combined into an indexed score out of 100, allowing for a definitive ranking of the world’s most romantic destinations.

Why is London the most romantic city?

London claimed the top spot with an impressive score of 79.11 out of 100. The city’s appeal lies in its diverse romantic offerings-from hand-in-hand strolls along the South Bank to sunset views atop Primrose Hill and intimate candlelit dinners in hidden West End corners. And this is just to name a few things.

Notably, 26.3% of London’s main attractions have been described as romantic by visitors, including highlights like The Meeting Place Statue at St Pancras Station and cruises along the city’s canals.

What are the most romantic cities in the world aside of London?

Following London, New York City ranked second globally with a score of 66.65. The Big Apple’s romantic reputation is boosted by its iconic cultural references in TV and film, such as Sex and the City and Gossip Girl, and a wealth of date night activities.

Miami took third place with a score of 54.64, known for its glamorous settings like the Perez Art Museum and the Versace Mansion, alongside numerous Michelin-starred restaurants and lively nightlife perfect for couples.

Other notable cities in the top 10 include:

  • Toronto, Canada (4th, 54.17)
  • Rome, Italy (5th, 53.38)
  • Brisbane, Australia (6th, 42.93)
  • Dubai, UAE (8th, 39.62)
  • Paris, France (9th, 33.21)
  • Melbourne, Australia (10th, 32.42)
Why London should be your next romantic destination

London’s combination of historic landmarks, scenic river walks, world-class dining, and vibrant nightlife makes it an unparalleled destination for couples. Whether you’re seeking budget-friendly romantic spots or luxurious experiences, the city offers something special for every pair.

As summer approaches, couples looking for a memorable romantic break might want to consider a long weekend in London – the world’s most romantic city.

A Spectacular Wes Anderson Exhibition Is Landing At The Design Museum This Year

Marking the first retrospective exhibition on the work of the whimsical film director, ‘Wes Anderson: The Exhibition’ is set to be one of the most anticipated arrivals at the Design Museum next year.

 Jack Saddler – Editor • 1 May, 2025

There’s something in the air between the Design Museum and idiosyncratic film directors at the moment. With an exhibition on Tim Burton welcoming in record numbers to the West London space, they’ll be welcoming in the weird and wonderful work of Wes Anderson next year.

The Design Museum announced the news of Wes Anderson: The Exhibition last year, which will mark the first retrospective look at the famous director, and details of the objects on display have just been announced.

Model of the Grand Budapest Hotel to be displayed at the Wes Anderson retrospective at the Design Museum
Credit: Thierry Stefanopoulos
Wes Anderson: The Exhibition

A meeting between the minds of the Design Museum and Wes Anderson will let visitors into the working of the director’s brain as they see work from his first filming experiments all the way up to his most recent pictures.

In conjunction with Cinémathèque française, it’ll be the very first time exhibitiongoers have the chance to truly examine the work of the whimsical director, with an overview of his entire filmography and all the motifs and references that go into everything from Rushmore [1998] to Asteroid City [2023].

Take a look at Max Fischer’s Swiss army knife from Anderson’s first film before marvelling at the spectacular model of The Grand Budapest Hotel [2014] that was used to capture the building’s facade and then examining the coat Gwyneth Paltrow wore in 2001 as Margot Tenenbaum. In fact, there will be dozens of costumes across the entire exhibition featuring garms worn by his star-studded assembly of actors featured in his movies, including Tilda Swinton, Bill Murray, Scarlett Johansson, Benicio Del Toro, Ralph Fiennes and many more.

Also featured at the exhibition is a full 14-minute screening of Bottle Rocket, the short film created in 1993 and featuring Owen Wilson. There will even be a number of Wes Anderson’s spiral-bound notebooks to gain an insight to his creative process; and a stop motion section will also show off original puppets used in Fantastic Mr Fox [2009] and Isle of Dogs [2018].

Wes Anderson: The Exhibition will be peppered with pieces that tell a tale of his career, including items from his collection. It’ll be a unique way to explore his impact on the modern world of cinema, and, of course, take in more of the gorgeous colourful scapes he’s famed for capturing!

‘Wes Anderson: The Exhibition’ will run at the Design Museum from November 21, 2025 – May 4, 2026, with tickets on sale now. Find out more here.

Trip from Canberra to Port Macquarie

Getting away from the cold in Canberra seemed a good idea, and it certainly has been a change. However, the cold of Mittagong is unremitting and the wind in Newcastle and Port Macquarie is a negative. On the other hand, eating in the sunshine on the foreshore in Newcastle was excellent, and a reminder of the inspirational urban development plans implemented by Brian Howe in the Keating Government. Port Macquarie is a lovely spot, with water to walk beside restaurants and good coffee, and most importantly, a wonderful stay in dog friendly Mercure Hotel. We have a large room with a small courtyard, and bedding and dishes for our dog. The restaurant provides a partly enclosed area where Leah is welcome. Our room facilities, although of second order importance, are a comfortable bed, lots of towels, a great shower, coffee and tea (real milk provided each day) and a two person desk. The abundance of power points, some next to the bed is an additional benefit. The check in was friendly, and staff are welcoming to Leah. A fabulous find.

Mittagong – cold but a lovely sunset

Newcastle from sun to gloom and sunny again

Eating in Newcastle – breakfast two mornings at The Pocket

The Pocket was close to the motel, the Reign Inn (another dog friendly accommodation) with outdoor seating. It was cold, but the food was generous and full of flavour. On the first morning coffees and toasted items were enough. But for the trips to Canberra (for three) and Port Macquarie (also three of us) cooked breakfasts were essential.

Lunches and dinners in Newcastle were at the pub close by, and then on the Foreshore in the sun.

Money Penny is a pleasant restaurant on the foreshore, serving delicious meals such as those we chose – humous and beetroot dip with sour dough, crispy cauliflower, and fish tacos.

Stag and Hunter pub provided a dog friendly space and huge meals.

A delicious lunch at Harbour Bar

Insalubrious stop between Newcastle and Port Macquarie!

Cherry Tree cafe serves good coffee, pleasant enough sweet goods, and has nice outdoor seating.

Port Macquarie

Bedding and bowls for Leah at Mercure Hotel

Walking and eating seem to be the best features of this holiday

St Thomas Anglican church

Port Macquarie was established as a penal settlement after discovery of the Hastings River in 1818 made it a suitable spot for establishing a community. By 1821 this had taken place and convict labour, under military supervision, was used to begin building features such as the Dispensary, now the Parish office, and the church pictured above. The foundation stone was laid in 1824 and the building completed in 1827. It was opened in 1828, where as well as a place of worship the nave was used as a school. In 1830 Port Maquarie was opened to free settlers. St Thomas’ Anglican Church was heritage-listed in 2002.

Bookface – a lovely coffee stop

Breakfast with Leah enjoying the coffee froth

Bird Rock at the Mercure has an elegant menu which we enjoyed in the outside dog friendly section. Although there are delicious main courses, we chose a tapas menu of onion tart, roasted cauliflower, patatas bravas, prawn profiteroles, sour dough, rocket and pear salad and oysters. Delicious!

Breakfast at Frankies before starting our trip home. Frankies is a friendly cafe with excellent service and huge portions of delightful food. On this occasion we opted for what we thought would be a small breakfast of toast and coffee …

Bulahdelah lunch – first stop over

The chicken tikka, and lamb wraps with coffee were very pleasant. However, closely adjacent to us was a table of three engrossed in a political discussion about Tulsi Gabbard (perfect in the eyes of the loudest) and Nancy Pelosi (dreadful in the eyes of the same man holding forth). His companions only dared murmur. The recent election results here were 37% national, 11% One Nation, 22% Labor and 6% Greens, with Labor gaining 39% on a two-party preferred basis. Alas, we have not met any of the Labor voters, and had to turn away from the political signs in the motel office. But, in their favour, they are dog friendly.

More from Secret London

Two Charming English Countryside Towns Are Finally Getting Train Stations Again – And They’re Perfect For A Weekend Escape From London

Southwest England will soon welcome two long-awaited railway stations, reconnecting these vibrant towns to the national rail network for the first time since the 1960s.

Credit: Shutterstock

For decades, the rolling hills and historic market towns of Southwest England have felt tantalisingly out of reach for anyone without a car, especially from London. But that’s about to change very soon. For lovers of scenic getawayscountryside walks, and quintessential English charm, an exciting transport upgrade is on the horizon.

In a major boost for local communities and countryside lovers alike, Southwest England will soon welcome two long-awaited railway stations, reconnecting these vibrant towns to the national rail network for the first time since the Beeching cuts of the 1960s.

This transport revival, confirmed after years of persistent campaigning and investment battles, promises not just quicker, greener links to the picturesque landscapes of the region, but also a boost for local economies and sustainable travel – heralding a new era where rural escapes are just a train ride away for Londoners.

New train stations in Devon and Somerset

Two new train stations, approved and fully funded, will reopen in the Southwest of England – one in CullomptonDevon, the other in Wellington, Somerset – reconnecting these historic towns to the national rail network for the first time since the mid-20th century. Services are expected to commence by 2026, opening up smoother, greener travel routes from London and beyond straight into some of the region’s most beautiful rural landscapes.

Cullompton and Wellington return to the rails
Pulteney Bridge spanning the River Avon, in Bath England, UNESCO World Heritage Site
Credit: Shutterstock

Situated on the main railway line running between Exeter and Taunton, Cullompton and Wellington have been without active railway stations for decades. Their return marks not just a restoration of local connectivity but also a significant boost for the wider Southwest region’s transport infrastructure. With government backing securing an estimated £45 million for construction and delivery, these stations promise more convenient and sustainable travel options that reduce the need for car journeys or multiple bus transfers.

Both stations will link through Exeter St David’s, a major transport hub that offers direct trains to London Paddington, Plymouth, Bristol, and the Cornish mainline. This means that visitors whether from the capital or further afield will benefit from seamless, straightforward journeys without the usual last-mile travel headaches.

A gateway to the iconic countryside of Southwest England

Beyond practical travel improvements, these stations unveil easier access to some of the Southwest’s most striking landscapes and heritage sites. Cullompton sits on the doorstep of the Blackdown Hills, an officially designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

From here, visitors can explore the lush grounds of Killerton House, wander the charming coastal town of Sidmouth, or venture into Dartmoor National Park, now more welcoming than ever following the recent legalisation of wild camping.

Over the border in SomersetWellington opens a direct route to the Quantock Hills with Exmoor National Park also within easy reach. The area offers a bounty of hidden trails, local farm shops, and authentic country pubs.

These new stations are part of a broader vision to enhance regional connectivity, support rural economies, and encourage sustainable transport habits. By reducing reliance on cars for countryside access, they contribute positively to environmental goals, reducing congestion and emissions.

The Dartmoor line and beyond

This development complements other initiatives in the region. For instance, work is progressing on the Okehampton Interchange station, scheduled for completion in 2026, which will extend rail services further into Devon, enhancing connections for West Devon, North Cornwall, and surrounding areas.

As these projects advance, the Southwest’s rail network is set to become an even more vital artery linking visitors to the best that England’s countryside has to offer – all accessible by train.

Plan your countryside escape with ease, knowing that by 2026, catching a train direct from London to hidden rural gems in Devon and Somerset will be simpler and greener than ever before.

Week beginning 23 July 2025

Emily Callaci Wages for Housework The Feminist Fight Against Unpaid Labor Basic Books | Seal Press, March 2025.

Thankyou, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Emily Callaci has brought together five activists for whom wages for housework was a part of their feminist work for improving women’s lives. It is important to recognise that this is what the movement sought to do, and to come to the writings, and Callaci’s introduction and commentary, with this understanding. It is also vital to acknowledge that wages for housework as an effort to address the unequal burden placed on women who might work outside the home, and then work unpaid inside the home, was complex. The women in this collection have addressed the complexities, making an important contribution to the history of the women’s movement, as well as making salient points in a debate that remains the subject of research today – who does most of the housework?

The collection is noteworthy for its inclusion of working class and black women, together with discussion of the middle-class nature of many of the 1970s feminist conferences and gatherings. Of particular note is Selma James’ work, including reference to the documentary, Women Talking, and her appearance at Ruskin College for the National Women’s Liberation Movement. Mariarosa Dalla Costa’s story begins sadly. Hoping to hear her voice on a tape, access won with great difficulty, Callaci was subjected to a male commentator’s reflections, and a small contribution by Dalla costa.

Fortunately, this brief appearance belies the material Callaci was able to garner though further investigation, including discussion with Dalla Costa and a marvellously detailed description of her stage appearance in a working-class area in Venice. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Zoe Fairbairns – Benefits

1984 came and went

This lecture, first given at University of Alcala, Spain, in May 2000, was published in: The Road from George Orwell, His Achievement and Legacy edited by Alberto Lazaro (Peter Lang, 2001) https://zoefairbairns.co.uk/1984-came-and-went/

Fairbairns raises some pertinent issues regarding wages for housework. As well as referring to the diverse opinions within the women’s movement she clarifies who was to be paid -women at home looking after children – and who was to make the payment – the government. The payment was aimed at providing women caring for children and doing the housework financial independence from their husbands.

Fairbairns says that some feminists supported women at home having the same access to financial independence as those in the paid workforce. However, others disagreed, suggesting that this payment would confirm wone in their position as those who should care for the children and housework, making it impossible for them to easily find other alternatives to this role.

Zoe Fairbairns saw the merit in both positions, saying: ‘Being on both sides is not a very comfortable position to be in ideologically, but it is the perfect posture from which to write a novel.’

The article discusses the government role in providing benefits at the time of writing the novel and the impact that had on both her novel and the way in which women and men were considered by the government – the old ‘breadwinner’ debate.

It is such a pity that I cannot provide the article as it is under copyright to the publishers of The Road from George Orwell, His Achievement and Legacy. However, the link will get you there, and to further information about Zoe Fairbairns’ work – a valuable link indeed. The novel Fairbairns wrote, and which is not only an excellent read, but pertinent to the book I have reviewed this week, is Fairbairns, Zoe Benefits 1979. London: Virago Press. 1998 Nottingham, Five Leaves.

Other novels by Zoe Fairbairns are:  Closing London: Methuen, 1987; Here Today London: Methuen, 1984; Other Names London: Michael Joseph, 1998; and Stand We at Last London: Virago Press, 1983.

Another review of Wages for Housework by Emily Callaci appears in The Evening Standard, and is republished below.

Wages for Housework by Emily Callaci, Review: should women get paid for domestic chores?

Story by Harriet Addison  • 1w • 3 min read

Housework is unbelievably boring. Time can always be better spent reading a book, staring out of the window, lying on the floor… Literally anything. But, does it count as work? Should it be paid for? In the 1970s, a group of women became fed up with a life of enforced domesticity, and decided that at the very least, if they must do it, they should be paid for it. “We want wages for every dirty toilet, every indecent assault, every painful childbirth, every cup of coffee and every smile”. A new book by historian Emily Callaci called Wages for Housework, tells the story of the group of feminists who created and drove this eponymous movement.

The women who started the Wages for Housework (WFH 1.0) campaign — who were small in number; never more than a few dozen members — had serious influence, even though many fellow feminists at the time dismissed them as cranks. This group believed that running the home, without financial gain, was exploitation of women. That there were two men who benefited from every woman stuck working for free in the home: their husband, the worker — and his employer. “Housework is the most essential part of the capitalist system”, Callaci explains. “When women are financially dependent on male breadwinners, the bosses have leverage against those men.” The campaign was of course not quite as simple as just being paid for housework.

I was rapidly persuaded that ‘Wages for housework’ was really just a punchy slogan for the real goal

I started off scoffing that of course housework shouldn’t be done for financial gain; just think about what would happen if we invited KPIs and performance-based bonuses into our houses. No wonder the second-wave feminists of the period didn’t support it – it would surely keep women stuck in the home for longer, at a time when they were trying to break out of it. But I was rapidly persuaded otherwise, that ‘Wages for housework’ was really just a punchy slogan for the real goal: to bring about a reassessment not just of enforced domesticity but of global capitalism. Or was it? Sadly, the messily constructed arguments make this book a real struggle to read.

Possibly it’s a book that works better when you dip in and out, rather than try and read it as a whole

Some chapters are like wading through mud, a list of facts to digest. By the end of the first, about one of the WFH founders, the clearly brilliant and fierce feminist Selma James, I was distracted by a dustball in the corner of the room. By the end of the second, about her fellow campaigner, the influential activist Mariarosa Dalla Costa, I couldn’t stop staring at a mark on the wall. Then a coffee machine that needed a clean. The irony!

This is no reflection on the message of the movement itself, or the people who drove it, or the incredible reach it had. This book, and the women whose story it tells, is about much more than the campaign itself. These women also fought against racism, and classism, and the entire construct of the capitalist society. James, a black American women, understood that the demands of the UK Women’s Liberation Movement in the 70s focussed too narrowly on middle-class white women. She knew that it was not the job itself which was liberating, it was the money.

Possibly it’s a book that works better when you dip in and out, rather than try and read it as a whole. It bounces around like a rabbit on hot coals. The structure, and the arguments, are meandering, the narrative incoherent. I didn’t take to the writing. It’s a shame that it’s so hard to follow, when the points are fundamentally interesting. It would have benefited from being half as long.

I’m glad it’s been written, I learnt an awful lot, and I’m sure serious fans of feminist theory will see it to the end. It’s a worthy movement which deserves its place in history, and their reach stretched (and stretches) far beyond its slogan. I’m just not sure that this book does.

Wages for Housework, Emily Callaci, Penguin, £25

Coreen Derifield We Were Still Ladies Gender and Industrial Unionism in the Midwest after World War II University of Iowa Press, July 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

The combination of a wealth of industrial information with a focus on women’s work, comments from women about their work and their relationships at work, and the integrity of the writing – warm but never missing a precise description or analysis of the events – makes this a work to read with enjoyment as well as to absorb new information.

Chapter 1, The Industrial Development of Iowa, provides a detailed background to the work, social environment, and industrial opportunities that women were eventually to join. Eventually, because as well as their own soil searching, they contended with expectations of wives and mothers. This is fully taken up in Out of the Home and into the Workplace and The Crucible of the Workplace. Union history with its emphasis on male members and their rights as workers and the ‘breadwinners’ (a familiar history this, of course) is laid bare in its sexism, but also its concern about the way in which society operated, with its gender roles clearly outlined. The latter, of course, so much more easily emulated if economic reality did not force some women into paid work. Negotiating Gender Roles in the Union, An Education in Workplace Rights and Encounters with Feminism are excellent chapters, concentrating on analysis as well as evoking the situations faced day to day by women in the workplace. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

National Gallery of Australia

On this occasion we visited the general exhibitions.

The Kulata Tjuta Project was one of these. The cultural maintenance project was established in 2010 and shares the skills of carving and making the punu kulata (wooden spear) across generations. A small group of Tjilpi (senior Anangu men) from Tjala Arts in Amata, South Australia, sought to ensure that traditional knowledge and cultural connections were nourished and preserved. The group has expanded to 100 from across the Anangu Pitjantjara Yankunytjatjara Lands and is now a monumental collaborative project which joins the voices of senior and younger artists to speak of cultural resilience, continuity, and identity. *

*Edited, signage for artwork.

A walk around the gallery –

Rather different representations…

call to action icon

Connie Francis was the voice of a generation and the soundtrack of post-war America*

Story by Leigh Carriage, Southern Cross University

 Connie Francis dominated the music charts in the late 1950s and early 1960s with hits like Stupid Cupid, Pretty Little Baby and Don’t Break the Heart That Loves You.

The pop star, author and actor has died at 87, and will be remembered for recording the soundtrack songs of post-World War II America.

Francis was born Concetta Rosa Maria Franconero in Newark, New Jersey, to Italian immigrant parents. At a very early age, Francis was encouraged to take accordion and singing lessons, compete in talent shows, and later she would perform occasionally on the children’s production Star Time Kids on NBC, remaining there until she was 17.

Within these early recordings you can hear her style begin to develop: her tone, great pitching, her versatility in vocal range. Her vocal delivery is technically controlled and stylistically structured, often nuanced – and even at this early stage demonstrating such power coupled with an adaptability for a broad range of repertoire.

At 17, Francis signed a contract with MGM Records.

One of her early recordings was the song Who’s Sorry Now?, written by Ted Snyder with lyrics by Bert Kalmar and Harry Ruby in 1923. Her version was released in 1957 and struggled to get noticed.

The following year, Francis appeared with the ballad on American Bandstand. This performance exposed Francis’ talent for interpretation and her ability to bridge the teen and adult fanbase.

The song would become a hit.

It’s useful to listen to the original version to gain more insight into Francis’ vocal approach and styling. The original is an instrumental song of its time, with light whimsical call and response motives in a foxtrot feel.

But in Francis’ version, she demonstrates her ability to revitalise a late 1950s pop music aesthetic. In an emotional delivery she croons her own rendition, with the country styling elements of Patsy Cline.

The voice of a generation

Following Who’s Sorry Now?, Stupid Cupid (1958), Where The Boys Are (1960, the titular song of a feature film starring Francis) and Lipstick on Your Collar (1959) became the soundtrack songs of post-war America.

Francis was supported with songs penned by the some of the best songwriters from the Brill Building, a creative collective in Manhattan that housed professional songwriters, working with staff writers Edna Lewis and George Goehring.

In 1960, Francis released her hit Everybody’s Somebody’s Fool written by Jack Keller and Howard Greenfield. It was a teeny-bopper classic, and she became the first women to top the Billboard Hot 100.

Styled after some of the other greats of the time – such as Frank Sinatra (1915–98), Dean Martin (1917–95) and Louis Prima (1910–70) – Francis’ performance on the Ed Sullivan show highlighted her connection to her Italian heritage and ability to draw from a broad repertoire.

On the show, she performed Mama and La Paloma. Each performance is very carefully styled, a thoughtful approach to dynamics, sung in both English and Italian.

Don’t Break the Heart That Loves You, a number one hit from 1962, features Francis’ gorgeous crooning harmonies. Then, the song breaks down into an earnest spoken part and finishes with a powerful belted vocal part of long notes.

The song is full of confidence and hope.

Away from the microphone

Francis had two key roles in films, starring in Where the Boys Are (1960) and the comedy Follow the Boys (1963).

She was an author of two books. The second, Who’s Sorry Now?, became a New York Times bestseller.

Francis was involved with humanitarian causes. She was particularly involved with Women Against Rape, following her own violent rape in 1974, and the Valour Victims Assistance Legal Organisation, dedicated to supporting the legal rights of crime victims. A lesser known song in her repertoire, fitting to include here, is her version of Born Free from 1968.

As a singer, Francis worked at her craft and transitioned effortlessly from one genre to another, performing for over five decades. She will be remembered as a trailblazing solo artist, leaving a strong legacy in popular music culture.

She was the voice of one generation when she was a star. And in her final year she became the voice of a new generation as Pretty Little Baby, released in 1962, went viral on TikTok, with more than 1.4 million videos using her voice to share stories of their lives.

Leigh Carriage does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

*Where the Boys Are must have been one of the silliest songs ever. Thank goodness the post war women listening did not take it too heart in most cases. Lipstick on Your Collar at least had some spirit.

Made Up Stories, Kindling Pictures announce television adaptation of Sally Hepworth’s ‘The Soulmate’

Sean Slatter·NewsProductionTV & Streaming ·July 16, 2025

From left are Katie Amos, Imogen Banks, Asher Keddie, Bruna Papandrea, and Steve Hutensky.

Made Up Stories will team up with creator and producer Imogen Banks and Strife collaborator Asher Keddie to adapt Australian author Sally Hepworth’s novel The Soulmate for television.

The 2022 novel follows married couple Pippa and Gabe, who have two sweet young daughters, a supportive family, and a picturesque cliffside home, which would have been idyllic had the tall beachside cliffs not become so popular among those wishing to end their lives. Gabe has become somewhat of a local hero since they moved to the cliff house, talking seven people down from stepping off the edge. But when Gabe fails to save the eighth, a mysterious woman named Amanda, a sordid web of secrets begins to unravel, pushing bonds of loyalty and love to the brink.

Announced as part of this year’s Future Vision Summit, the television adaptation will be produced by Papandrea, Steve Hutensky, and Katie Amos for Made Up Stories alongside Banks for Kindling Pictures, Keddie, Hepworth, Rob Weisbach, and Fiona Seres, who also serves as writer and showrunner.

This is the second collaboration between Hepworth and Made Up Stories, after the production company announced it was optioning her ninth novel, Darling Girls, last year.

Hepworth said she was pleased to continue her creative relationship with the Made Up Stories team.

“There’s a kind of magic in finding creative partners who are as passionate about your story as you are. That’s what I’ve found with Bruna, Steve, Katie, and the team at Made Up Stories,” he said.

“I’m so excited to be collaborating with them, and with Imogen, Asher, Rob, and Fiona, to adapt The Soulmate – a novel that strives to dig deep into the layered, complicated truths about marriage, loyalty, and the secrets we keep from the people we love most.”

In Our Garden

Welcome back to Country: PM’s big statement as parliament opens

Peter Dutton claimed the Welcome to Country ceremony was “overdone”. Now the PM has opened the 48th Parliament with a big statement.

Samantha Maiden@samanthamaiden

Anthony Albanese has clapped back at critics of Welcome to Country ceremonies praising the practice as a “powerful” reminder that Australians are stronger together.

As Parliament prepares to sit for the first time since the election, Mr Albanese has delivered to rebuke to ex-Liberal leader Peter Dutton,

Mr Dutton spent the dying days of the campaign whinging about the ceremony and claiming it was “overdone.”

After securing a huge majority, the Prime Minister has made it clear he strongly supports the cultural practice.

“The welcome to country is such a powerful way to begin a new parliament,’’ Mr Albanese said.

“Like a lot of the more positive things about our nation, we shouldn’t take it for granted. This ceremony didn’t take place until 2007 and was controversial in 2007.

“It is not controversial today. Nor should it be.”

Mr Albanese said it was a “respectful” way of beginning the 48th Parliament.

“What a welcome to country does is holds out like a hand warmly and graciously extended. An opportunity for us to embrace and to show a profound love of home and country,’’ he said.

“It is a reminder as well of why we all belong here together, that we are stronger together and we belong.

The ceremony outside parliament.

The ceremony outside parliament.

“We keep walking, together. With every step, we feel the echoes through history, the footsteps nearly a century distant from us now of every First Nations person who trekked to the opening of the first

Parliament House down the hill.

“The footsteps of the members of the stolen generations who came to this place 17 years ago now to hear the words that they needed to hear “I’m sorry”.

Former Liberal leader Peter Dutton famously boycotted the National Apology to the Stolen Generations in 2008. He later apologised years later.

An Indigenous dancer at the Smoking ceremony to start the 48th parliament at Parliament House in Canberra. Picture: NewsWire / Martin Ollman

An Indigenous dancer at the Smoking ceremony to start the 48th parliament at Parliament House in Canberra. Picture: NewsWire / Martin Ollman

“Uttered by an Australian Prime Minister on behalf of the Australian nation. That was a day of catharsis, built on courage and grace,’’ Mr Albanese said of Kevin Rudd’s apology.

“Ultimately, it was a day of togetherness and a reminder of our great potential and promise as a nation.”

Liberal frontbencher Jacinta Nampijinpa Price and Peter Dutton have previously backed scaling back the use of Welcome to Country ceremonies, with Senator Price warning people are “sick if it”.

Speaking at a Voice to parliament No campaign event in 2023, former Prime Minister Tony Abbott also said he is “getting a little bit sick of Welcomes to Country because it belongs to all of us, not just to some of us”.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and son Nathan attend a smoking ceremony to start the 48th parliament at Parliament House in Canberra. Picture: NewsWire / Martin Ollman

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and son Nathan attend a smoking ceremony to start the 48th parliament at Parliament House in Canberra. Picture: NewsWire / Martin Ollman

“And I’m getting a little bit tired of seeing the flag of some of us flown equally with the flag of all of us,’’ he said.

“And I just think that the longer this goes on, the more divisive and the more difficult and the more dangerous that it’s getting now.”

Senator Price has described the tradition as “divisive”.

“There is no problem with acknowledging our history, but rolling out these performances before every sporting event or public gathering is definitely divisive,” she said.

“It’s not welcoming, it’s telling non-Indigenous Australians ‘this isn’t your country’ and that’s wrong. We are all Australians and we share this great land.”

She said “around the country” there were some people whose “only role, their only source of income, is delivering Welcome to Country”.

“Everyone’s getting sick of Welcome to Country,’’ she said.

It is instructive to see the way in which the Australian people voted, and a graphic showing the seats currently held in the 48th Parliament

House of Representatives

There are 150 seats in the lower house (House of Representatives) and a party requires 76 seats to govern in its own right.

The representation of parties in the Parliament is as follows:

Week beginning 16 July 2025

Elizabeth Jenkins Jane Austen: The Biography August Books, July 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Elizabeth Jenkins is a writer I have admired since reading The Hare and the Tortoise. True to form, there is much to admire in her biography of Jane Austen. However, its meandering pace and byways into allusions that seem to just take Jenkins’ fancy, although on rereading can be attributed to her wide understanding of Austen, her family, society and experiences, make this a challenging read.  Part of the challenge can be attributed to the initial, almost undemanding, introduction. Beginning with a description of the eighteenth-century city landscape and comparing it with today’s, with its remaining glimpses of past grandeur makes easy reading. It is also beautiful reading, until the almost jarring introduction of social commentary. At the same time this remains familiar ground to the contemporary reader, after all, it is rare that social issues are absent from modern works. And fairly soon we come to the familiar territory of biography. Steventon, the rectory, and Jane’s father, the Reverand George Austen, his children, and his wife. The sons, Cassandra, and at last, Jane. None of the family information is unusual, none of the description of the Austen’s early lives suggests that this biography will be different.

However, Elizabeth Jenkins’ literary knowledge and own writing of fiction has a strong impact on the biography, presenting at once a delight and a challenge. Perhaps Jenkins recognises the difficulty she poses when in Chapter 7 she warns that she is writing no simple biography. Jenkins’ discussion of Mrs Ann Radcliffe’s Mysteries of Udolpho is instructive. She describes the discursive course the reader must navigate to the novel’s conclusion. This, Jenkins suggests, will create more problems for the modern reader than for Radcliffe’s contemporary audience. This is possibly an acknowledgement that in her own weaving from Walpole’s home at Strawberry Hill to Radcliffe’s Udolpho connection with Northanger Abbey, she is also taking her reader on a discursive course. Her dedication to reflecting upon asides and ideas is prominent throughout the biography, together with more recognisable biographical features.  See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Jane Austen Celebrations

This year marks celebrations for Jane Austen, who was born 250 years ago on December 16th. Celebrating this milestone has taken a variety of forms – a plethora of books and articles have been published; there is a multitude of festivals, literary, costumed, plays and musical performances taking place in the UK.

Jane Austen related books reviewed in past blogs

Some of the books about Jane Austen that I have reviewed in this blog, and on Goodreads, NetGalley and Barnes and Noble include the following:

Susan, A Jane Austen Prequel, Alice McVeigh, Warleigh Hall Press, 2021.Harriet A Jane Austen Variation, Alice McVeigh Warleigh Hall Press, 2021.
A Visitor’s Guide to Jane Austen’s England, Sue Wilkes, Pen & Sword
History, 2019 and 2021 by CPI Group (UK) Ltd, Croydon, CRO 4YY.
An A-Z of Jane Austen, Michael Creaney, Bloomsbury Academic, 2022.
Jane Austen A Literary Celebrity, Peter J. Leithart, Nelson Books, Thomas
Nelson, August 2022.
The Dark Side of Jane Austen’s World, Angela Youngman, Pen & Sword
History, Pen & Sword |Pen & Sword History, August 2024.
Jane Austen: Daddy’s Girl The Life and Influence of The Revd George
Austen
, Zöe Wheddon Pen & Sword Pen & Sword History, March 2024.
Jane Austen’s The History of England Writings from Her Youth, Jane
Austen Dover Publications, October 2024.
Jane Austen’s Favourite Brother, Henry, Dr Christopher Herbert, Pen &
Sword| Pen & Sword History, May 2025.
Jane Austen: The Biography, Elizabeth Jenkins, August Books, July 2025.

Brilliant and Bold Presentations on Jane Austen

An episode of the monthly zoom meeting, Brilliant & Bold, presented by Dr Jocelynne Scutt, featured two talks and discussion about Jane Austen. This can be found on Jocelynne Scutt’s Facebook site, 6 July 2025. See also my article “Jane Austen Was She a Troublesome Writer?” (Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog. and Blog posted 9th April 2025) on which I based part of my talk. The second part referred to the books about Jane Austen reviewed in this blog (see list above). An important part of my talk in reference to Lady Susan, Sense and Sensibility and Persuasion were the following quotes:

Children

Lady Susan includes a host of negative feelings and attitudes by Lady Susan toward her daughter. However, these are couched in such circuitous language and meaning that to fully enjoy the mother’s abandonment of any maternal feelings they must be read in context.

Sense and Sensibility

“Conversation however was not wanted, for Sir John was very chatty, and Lady Middleton had taken the wise precaution of bringing with her their eldest child, a fine little boy about six years old, by which means there was one subject always to be recurred to by the ladies in case of extremity, for they had to enquire his name and age, admire his beauty, and ask him questions which his mother answered for him, while he hung about her and held down his head, to the great surprise of her ladyship, who wondered at his being so shy before company, as he could make noise enough at home. On every formal visit a child ought to be of the party, by way of provision for discourse. In the present case it took up ten minutes to determine whether the boy were most like his father or mother, and in what particular he resembled either, for of course every body differed, and every body was astonished at the opinion of the others. An opportunity was soon to be given to the Dashwoods of debating on the rest of the children, as Sir John would not leave.” 

“But unfortunately in bestowing these embraces, [upon the child] a pin in her ladyship’s head dress slightly scratching the child’s neck, produced from this pattern of gentleness such violent screams, as could hardly be outdone by any creature professedly noisy. The mother’s consternation was excessive; but it could not surpass the alarm of the Miss Steeles, and every thing was done by all three, in so critical an emergency, which affection could suggest as likely to assuage the agonies of the little sufferer. She was seated in her mother’s lap, covered with kisses, her wound bathed with lavender-water, by one of the Miss Steeles, who was on her knees to attend her, and her mouth stuffed with sugar plums by the other. With such a reward for her tears, the child was too wise to cease crying. She still screamed and sobbed lustily, kicked her two brothers for offering to touch her, and all their united soothings were ineffectual till Lady Middleton luckily remembering that in a scene of similar distress last week, some apricot marmalade had been successfully applied for a bruised temple, the same remedy was eagerly proposed for this unfortunate scratch, and a slight intermission of screams in the young lady on hearing it, gave them reason to hope that it would not be rejected. — She was carried out of the room therefore in her mother’s arms, in quest of this medicine, and as the two boys chose to follow, though earnestly entreated by their mother to stay behind, the four young ladies were left in a quietness which the room had not known for many hours. “Poor little creatures!” said Miss Steele, as soon as they were gone. “It might have been a very sad accident.” “Yet I hardly know how,” cried Marianne, “unless it had been under totally different circumstances. But this is the usual way of” 

When the ladies withdrew to the drawing-room after dinner, this poverty [of elegant or spirited] conversation was particularly evident, for the gentlemen HAD supplied the discourse with some variety — the variety of politics, inclosing land, and breaking horses — but then it was all over; and one subject only engaged the ladies till coffee came in, which was the comparative heights of Harry Dashwood, and Lady Middleton’s second son William, who were nearly of the same age. Had both the children been there, the affair might have been determined too” 

And from Persuasion

“Another minute brought another addition. The younger boy, a remarkable stout, forward child, of two years old, having got the door opened for him by someone without, made his determined appearcnce among them, and went straight to the sofa to see what was going on, and put in his claim to anything good that might be giving away.

There being nothing to eat, he could only have some play; and as his aunt would not let him tease his sick brother, he began to fasten himself upon her. as she knelt, in such a way that, as busy as she was about Charles, she could not shake him off. She spoke to him, ordered, entreated, and insisted in vain. Once she did contrive to push him away, but the boy had the greater pleasure in getting upon her back again directly. “Walter,” said she, “get down this moment. You are extremely troublesome. I am very angry with you.” “Walter,” cried Charles Hayter, “why do you not do as you are bid? Do not you hear your aunt speak? Come to me, Walter, come to cousin Charles.” But not a bit did Walter stir. In another moment, however, she found herself in the state of being released from him; someone was taking him from her, though he had bent down her head so much, that his little sturdy hands were unfastened from around her neck, and he was resolutely borne away…

Relationships, and Marriage in particular – economics not love or friendship

“Half the sum of attraction, on either side, might have been enough, for he had nothing to do, and she had hardly anybody to love; but the encounter of such lavish recommendations could not fail. They were gradually acquainted, and when acquainted, rapidly and deeply in love. It would be difficult to say which had seen highest” 

 “A woman of seven and twenty”, said Marianne, after pausing a moment, “can never hope to feel or inspire affection again, and if her home be uncomfortable, or her fortune small, I can suppose that she might bring herself to submit to the offices of a nurse, for the sake of provision and security of a wife. In his marrying such a woman therefore there would be nothing unsuitable. It would be a compact of convenience, and the world would be satisfied. In my eyes it would be no marriage at all, but that would be nothing. To me it would seem only a commercial exchange, in which each wished to be benefited at the expense of the other.” 

“…you seem to me to be surrounded with difficulties, and you will have need of all your mutual affection to support you under them. Mr. Ferrars, I believe, is entirely dependent on his mother.” “He has only two thousand pounds of his own; it would be madness to marry upon that…” 

“It will be one better match for your sister. Two thousand a year without debt or drawback — except the little love-child, indeed; aye, I had forgot her; but she may be ‘prenticed out at a small cost, and then what does it signify? Delaford is a nice place, I can tell you; exactly what I call a nice old fashioned place, full of comforts and conveniences; quite shut in with great garden walls that are covered with the best fruit-trees in the country; and such a mulberry tree in one corner! Lord! how Charlotte and I did stuff the only time we were there! Then, there is a dove-cote, some delightful stew-ponds, and a very pretty canal; and every thing, in short, that one could wish for; and moreover, it is close to the church…”

 “His manners to THEM, though calm, were perfectly kind; to Mrs. Jennings, most attentively civil; and on Colonel Brandon’s coming in soon after himself, he eyed him with a curiosity which seemed to say, that he only wanted to know him to be rich, to be equally civil to HIM.”

“Lord Morton, with thirty thousand pounds. A very desirable connection on both sides, and I have not a doubt of its taking place in time. A thousand a-year is a great deal for a mother to give away, to make over for ever; but Mrs. Ferrars has a noble spirit.”

“I question whether Marianne NOW, will marry a man worth more than five or six hundred a-year, at the utmost, and I am very much deceived if YOU do not do better.”

“…in Miss Morton he would have a woman of higher rank and larger fortune — and enforced the assertion, by observing that Miss Morton was the daughter of a nobleman with thirty thousand pounds, while Miss Dashwood was only the daughter of a private gentleman with no more than THREE; but when she found that, though perfectly admitting the truth of her representation, he was by no means inclined to be guided by it…” (here, Elinor does seem to be chosen for love by Edward Ferrars, against his mother’s wishes and advice).

“The whole of Lucy’s behaviour in the affair, and the prosperity which crowned it, therefore, may be held forth as a most encouraging instance of what an earnest, an unceasing attention to self-interest, however its progress may be apparently obstructed, will do in securing every advantage of fortune, with no other sacrifice than that of time and conscience. When Robert first sought her acquaintance, and privately visited her in Bartlett’s Buildings, it was only with the view imputed to him by his brother. He merely meant to persuade her to give up the engagement; and as there could be nothing to overcome but the affection of both, he naturally expected that one or two interviews would settle the matter.” 

“John Dashwood was greatly astonished; but his nature was calm, not open to provocation, and he never wished to offend anybody, especially anybody of good fortune.”

“…I suppose, from your manner of speaking, it must be the same to Miss Morton whether she marry Edward or Robert.” “Certainly, there can be no difference; for Robert will now to all intents and purposes be considered as the eldest son — and as to anything else, they are both very agreeable young men: I do not know that one is superior to the other.” Elinor said no more, and John was also for a short time silent.

Associate Professor, Elizabeth Irwin, gave particular attention to Pride and Prejudice and referred to the voice over, with which the television series made in 1995, begins: “It is a truth universally acknowledged that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.” This is the famous opening line which suggests that a wealthy single man is always in need of a wife. That is, that it is in the man’s interest to have a wife. However, in the series Elizabeth Bennet enunciates Austen’s observation. As Elizabeth Irwin noted, this is a blurring of the female authorial voice with the fictional female who marries at the end of the book. However, where Austen’s irony permeates the paragraphs after the quote, the television series misses this aspect of Austen’s work. If the irony was to be ignored, and the phrase supposed to reflect the aspirations of the characters instead, what might have been the response, including recognition of men’s equal (if different) need for marriage if the line had been given to a male character? The equivalent of Elizabeth would be Darcy. However, what of Mr. Bennet? What a come down for this insufferable man this would have been!

I cannot recall whether the line was used in this way in the film made in 2005. However, the following is of interest in thinking about the male/female aspiration to marry.

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Pride & Prejudice is a 2005 historical romantic drama film directed by Joe Wright, in his feature directorial debut, and based on Jane Austen‘s 1813 novel

Screenwriter Deborah Moggach initially attempted to make her script as faithful to the novel as possible, writing from Elizabeth’s perspective while preserving much of the original dialogue…Moggach’s first draft was closest to Austen’s book, but later versions excised storylines and characters. Moggach initially wrote all scenes from Elizabeth’s point of view in keeping with the novel; she later set a few scenes from a male perspective, such as when Bingley practices his marriage proposal, to “show Darcy and Bingley being close” and to indicate Darcy was a “human being instead of being stuck up”.

The Conversation UK (republished under Creative Commons)

For Jane Austen and her heroines, walking was more than a pastime – it was a form of resistance

Story by Nada Saadaoui, PhD Candidate in English Literature, University of Cumbria

In Pride and Prejudice (1813), when heroine Elizabeth Bennet arrives at Netherfield Park with “her petticoat six inches deep in mud”, she walks not only through the fields of Hertfordshire, but into one of literature’s most memorable images of women’s independence.

Her decision to walk alone, “above her ankles in dirt”, is met with horror. “What could she mean by it?” sneers Miss Bingley. “It seems to me to show an abominable sort of conceited independence.” And yet, in that walk – unaccompanied, unfashionable, unbothered – Elizabeth reveals more about her spirit and autonomy than any parlour conversation could.

For Austen’s heroines, independence – however “abominable” – often begins on foot. Elizabeth may be the most iconic of Austen’s pedestrians, but she is far from alone. Across Austen’s novels, women are constantly in motion: walking through country lanes, walled gardens, shrubberies, city streets and seaside resorts.

These are not idle excursions. They are socially legible acts, shaped by class, decorum, and gender – yet often quietly resistant to them.

This article is part of a series commemorating the 250th anniversary of Jane Austen’s birth. Despite having published only six books, she is one of the best-known authors in history. These articles explore the legacy and life of this incredible writer.

Fanny Price, the often underestimated heroine of Mansfield Park (1814), is typically seen as timid and passive. Yet beneath her reserved exterior lies a quiet but determined spirit.

“She takes her own independent walk whenever she can”, remarks Mrs Norris disapprovingly. “She certainly has a little spirit of secrecy, and independence, and nonsense about her.” Austen’s choice of “nonsense” here is revealing: Fanny’s desire for solitude and self-direction is not revolutionary, but it is gently subversive. In a world offering women little room for self-assertion, her steps become acts of resistance.

When Jane Fairfax, constrained by class and circumstance in Emma (1815), declines a carriage ride, she asserts: “I would rather walk … quick walking will refresh me.” It’s a seemingly modest decision, but one layered with significance. To walk is to control your own movement, to maintain autonomy and resist the genteel suffocation of being constantly observed or helped.

In Persuasion (1817), Anne Elliot’s story shows walking as a path to renewal. Reserved and long burdened by regret, Anne finds restoration in the coastal air of Lyme Regis. As she walks along the Cobb, Austen notes that “she was looking remarkably well … having the bloom and freshness of youth restored by the fine wind … and by the animation of eye which it had also produced”.

Her emotional reawakening is framed as a physical one. Walking becomes not only therapeutic but transformative – a way back to herself.

Not all of Austen’s walks are reflective or restorative. Some are decidedly social. Lydia and Kitty Bennet’s frequent walks to Meryton in Pride and Prejudice, for example, are driven as much by shopping as by the hope of romantic encounters.

Austen notes the “most convenient distance” of the village, where “their eyes were immediately wandering up in the street in quest of the officers”. These girls were more interested in uniforms than in bonnets.

Yet even this behaviour hints at something subtler. For young, unmarried women, shopping and social errands were among the few socially sanctioned reasons to move independently through public space. These excursions offered moments of visibility, mobility, and the possibility of courtship – however frivolously pursued.

Catherine Morland of Northanger Abbey (1817), a devoted reader of gothic fiction, fuses her walks with imagination. As she strolls along the Avon River with the Tilneys, she muses: “It always puts me in mind of the country that Emily and her father travelled through in The Mysteries of Udolpho.” Walking becomes an act of imaginative projection, where the boundaries between fiction and reality blur in the mind of a heroine learning to navigate both the world and herself.

Jane Austen the walker

Austen’s fiction draws much of its vitality from her own experiences. She was, by her own admission, a “desperate walker”, rarely deterred by weather, terrain or propriety.

A watercolour of Jane Austen by her sister Cassandra, showing her looking out to sea. It was painted while they were on holiday in Lyme Regis in 1804.Wiki Commons© The Conversation UK

Her letters, written from Bath, Steventon, Chawton and elsewhere, capture the physicality and pleasure of walking in vivid, often playful detail. These glimpses into her daily life reveal not only her attachment to movement but also the quiet autonomy it afforded her.

In 1805, Austen writes from Bath: “Yesterday was a busy day with me, or at least with my feet & my stockings; I was walking almost all day long.” Several years later, in 1813, she reports with unmistakable relief: “I walked to Alton, & dirt excepted, found it delightful … before I set out we were visited by several callers, all of whom my mother was glad to see, & I very glad to escape.”

Perhaps most revealing is an earlier letter from December 1798, in which Austen describes a rare solitary excursion: “I enjoyed the hard black frosts of last week very much, & one day while they lasted walked to Deane by myself. I do not know that I ever did such a thing in my life before.” The comment registers the novelty and boldness of a woman walking alone.

In an age where walking is once again praised for its physical and mental benefits, Austen’s fiction reminds us that these virtues are not new. Her characters have been walking for centuries – through mud, across class boundaries and against expectation.

They walk in pursuit of clarity, connection, escape and self-hood. Their steps – measured or impulsive, solitary or social – mark turning points in their lives. And in a world designed to keep them stationary, their walking remains a radical act.

This article features references to books that have been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on one of the links and go on to buy something from this website, The Conversation UK may earn a commission.

Nada Saadaoui does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

Relevant quotes from Sense and Sensibility:

“Is there a felicity in the world,” said Marianne, “superior to this? — Margaret, we will walk here at least two hours.” 

“One consolation however remained for them, to which the exigence of the moment gave more than its usual propriety; it was that of running with all possible speed down the steep side of the hill which led immediately to their garden gate.”

Beyond the bonnets: Jane Austen’s working women finally get their place in the spotlight

Exhibition looks at housekeepers, maids and governesses who ‘enable the lives of the heroines and heroes’

After Elizabeth Bennet walked 3 miles across fields to visit her sick sister, the heroine of Pride and Prejudice came in for scandalised criticism of her “blowsy” hair and petticoats “six inches deep in mud”.

What of the women who restored Elizabeth’s hair to coiffed curls and washed the filthy petticoats? Jane Austen’s novels include mentions of working women, such as housekeepers, maids and governesses, but now an exhibition puts their stories in the spotlight.

Beyond the Bonnets: Working Women in Jane Austen’s Novels is being shown by the Hampshire Cultural Trust as part of celebrations marking the 250th anniversary of the author’s birth. It features working women in Austen’s home county of Hampshire in the Georgian era, pairing voiced extracts from her novels and letters with dozens of objects illustrating their daily lives.

“Working women were not the centre, the lead characters, in Austen’s novels, but they do play an important role, and sometimes develop the plot,” said Kathleen Palmer, the exhibition’s curator. “They enable the lives of the heroines and heroes. The bustling towns and stately homes wouldn’t function without these women.”

An illustration called Miseries of Human Life, after Rowlandson 1807, featuring two women looking miserable
Miseries of Human Life, after Rowlandson 1807, features in an exhibition marking the 250th anniversary of Jane Austen’s birth. Photograph: Supplied

Through the lens of Austen’s life and her lesser-known characters, the exhibition focuses on three key areas of work in the 18th century: domestic service, education and childcare, and trade.

Stories include that of Susannah Sackree, a nursemaid to the 11 children of Austen’s brother Edward, and later the family’s housekeeper. She worked for the family until her death at the age of 89. Unusually, the family commissioned a portrait of her, and described her on her memorial stone as a “faithful servant and friend” and “beloved nurse”.

Another real-life character in the exhibition is Mary Martin, who ran an inn in Basingstoke and organised monthly balls attended by Austen and her sister Cassandra. Martin later ran a draper’s shop, complete with a circulating library. “Then we find Mrs Whitby in (Austen‘s unfinished novel) Sanditon running a circulating library. So Austen was pulling people that she came across into her novels,” said Palmer.

An illustration featuring a young and and an older working woman from the Georgian era
 Photograph: Richard Caspole/Supplied

In comparison, the lives of domestic servants were more restricted, both by their workload and by their terms of employment. Maids were usually hired for about £8 a year, with accommodation, meals and sometimes clothing included. They were under contract, which meant leaving their employment without permission could result in a fine or imprisonment in the County Bridewell prison in Winchester where hard labour awaited them.

Domestic tasks such as laundry were onerous, with clothes, bed linen and other household items washed by hand. “It meant hauling water, boiling the cottons and linens, washing them with pungent lye soap, which burnt the skin, rinsing the clothes in clean water, which meant hauling more water from the well or a nearby stream, twisting the cloths to remove as much water as possible, hanging the clothes to dry, and then praying that rain would stay away long enough for the sun to perform its duty as a dryer,” according to the website Jane Austen’s World.

  • Beyond the Bonnets: Working Women in Jane Austen’s Novels is at the Arc in Winchester, 26 July until 2 November, and the Willis museum in Basingstoke, 12 November until 22 February.

Why Jane Austen is definitely not just for girls – from The Conversation UK and republished under Creative Commons.

In my former life as a teacher, I once had a job interview in which I was asked how I dealt with the problem of teaching Jane Austen to boys.

Having had experience of this situation, I confidently told my interviewer (a maths teacher) that the “problem” they were assuming didn’t actually exist, and that it was perfectly possible to teach Austen’s novels to mixed-sex classes with successful results. My answer was met by barely veiled scepticism – and suffice to say, I didn’t get the job.

But where did this popular perception come from? Austen’s genius has been recognised from the earliest days of the development of a canon of English literature, and has never really fallen out of fashion. So it might seem odd that the suitability of her work for a co-educational class is the subject of genuine debate.


This article is part of a series commemorating the 250th anniversary of Jane Austen’s birth. Despite having published only six books, she is one of the best-known authors in history. These articles explore the legacy and life of this incredible writer.


The increasingly intertwined associations of Austen’s literature with the many (often excellent) adaptations of her work may not help the matter, with screen retellings often foregrounding the love stories and losing much of the ironic tone that characterises Austen’s narrative style.

The myriad repackaged editions of her novels that adorn bookshelves with pastel-toned floral designs, or images of anonymous portraits of passive young women, also do little to challenge the popular perception of these books as stories for women and girls.

Finally, and perhaps most troublingly, is the still-commonly held notion that stories with a female protagonist do not have wide-ranging appeal and must be consigned to a “niche interest” bracket. Male-led stories, in contrast, have long been considered to hold universal relevance for audiences.

This last point is a bigger issue concerning the publishing and entertainment industries, so I will largely park this one. But I will point out that, as others have argued in relation to Austen’s work, the classroom is an excellent place to start countering the assumptions of the “everyman” male experience, in contrast to the “special interest” attitude to female perspectives.

With regards to the teaching of Austen’s novels, drawing on my experiences both as a scholar and as a teacher, I believe her novels can speak to young readers of different genders and from diverse backgrounds.

Money, power and inequality

Addressing the ways in which Austen’s novels tend to be packaged, I asked my students, typically aged 16-18, to explore the ideas at the heart of the novels by redesigning the book covers to better reflect these themes.

The flowers and passive young women were gone. The redesigned book covers often focused on the idea of wealth, through pictures of differing piles of money, or power, such as the image of imbalanced scales to symbolise the unequal societies inhabited by Austen’s characters.

Because, as much as they are love stories, Austen’s heroines typically achieve their “happy endings” against a backdrop of money worries, power struggles, familial tension and gendered social hierarchies. While her novels are rightly celebrated for highlighting the unequal treatment of the sexes during her lifetime, it is reductive to see this as their sole contribution to social commentary.

Take Austen’s last completed novel, Persuasion. Here, Anne Elliot – over the hill at the ripe old age of 27 – begins the novel by rueing her broken engagement to Captain Wentworth, which she had been persuaded to break off eight years earlier due to his lack of fortune.

While the narrative focus is on Anne, who is left to regret her choice and wonder whether she will ever be able to escape her odious father and siblings, the broken-hearted Wentworth, who reappears in Anne’s life shortly after the start of the novel, is at least as much a victim of the situation as Anne herself.

At its heart, this is a story of a young woman who allowed herself to be persuaded to make a bad choice, and a young man who, through no fault of his own, was deemed not good enough due to his lack of wealth. The experiences of these characters, although they are older than the average school student, are highly relatable and sympathetic to many teenagers, who may well have experienced meddling family members or unfair judgments of their own.

Take also Northanger Abbey, in which fanciful Catherine Morland mixes fact and fiction and imagines the titular abbey to be a site of gothic intrigue, only to discover that the real horror derives from a controlling patriarch and his sexually predatory oldest son.

Here again, the novel cleverly makes the point that social inequalities, and the choices of those motivated by their love of money and power, are the real darkness at the heart of Austen’s society.

In my experience, students of all genders have been able to appreciate and relate to Northanger Abbey’s depictions of the loss of innocence, class inequality, and the experience of being subject to the sometimes obscure decisions of more powerful individuals.

Austen’s works, far from being the simple love stories of popular perception, are also razor-sharp satires of social and gendered inequalities. Full of witty observations and universally relatable experiences, there is a reason for the consistent popularity of her writing 250 years after her birth.

To fail to recognise this in the classroom is to do a disservice to all our students, as well as to Austen herself.

Cindy Lou has the special menu at Trev’s, Dickson

Trev’s is a casual dining place, with a menu with a wide range of choice. The staff are friendly, the atmosphere warm, and this has been a favourite restaurant for breakfast, lunch and dinner. On this occasion, we chose the special menu for two – a choice of pizza, a choice of pasta, a green salad and two entrees – mozzarella sticks and haloumi pops. There was far too much, and we took the pizza home. The outdoor seating is lovely on a warm day. However, with 7 degrees temperature outside we decided upon indoors.

I remember this from History of Art classes many years ago. Not many students would have imagined that they would be able to see it. Now it will be in London at the British Museum next year. I must organise to be there in 2026 even though I have to miss out this year.

From The Conversation UK:

Will you be heading to see the Bayeux tapestry when it visits the British Musuem in London next year? Its first trip to British shores since it was created and sent to France nearly 1,000 years ago is bound to generate much excitement. But it’s not just the countries either side of the Channel that have historically been fascinated by the 11th century embroidery – and the Nazis displayed a particular interest.

Earlier this year, a fragment of the Bayeux tapestry was discovered in German archives. To explain how it ended up there, historian of early medieval art Millie Horton-Insch tells the story of the Nazis’ “Special Operation Bayeux”, an attempt to use the tapestry to demonstrate what their twisted ideology viewed as the supremacy of the so-called Aryan race.

British Politics

New Statesman , 9 July 2025

Keir Starmer has time to turn this around

There is an upside to making so many mistakes – No 10 can learn from them.

By Andrew Marr

A country only changes direction when the behaviour of its people does. Margaret Thatcher believed this. She is the principal protagonist of the new Adam Curtis BBC documentary series Shifty, a collage analysis of modern Britain reviewed in the New Statesman last week.

In it, Curtis shows her at the depths of the monetarism chaos, telling her party they must think in terms of several parliaments: “We have to move this country in a new direction; to change the way we look at things; to create a wholly new attitude of mind… To shake off the self-doubt induced by decades of dependence on the state as master and not as servant.”

I am not advocating Thatcherism which, during that period, gutted and demolished so many great British companies and industries that might have survived to this day, hollowing out towns and communities which have still not recovered. But there are two things for Keir Starmer’s team to think about in what feels like a crisis that, though very different, is as profound. The first is to keep focused on the middle distance during a blur of terrible headlines and weekly chaos. Real change takes time. Starmer feels this himself, exuding an unearthly private calm as he recites the long-term investments being made, and better prospects for British firms in sectors threatened by tariffs.

It’s almost a “calm down, kids” mood. Leaders are often seen as strange quasi-parents. Thatcher was the revered-or-evil mother, chivvying us along or depriving us of milk. Starmer is the slightly distant father, increasingly derided by his rebel children. But even as he’s told he is too unpopular in the polls to survive, he is thinking of at least a decade to change the country.
He believes we are not broken. We are just a bit too poor. With more money and the dignity, over time, of a better car parked outside the house and a better holiday next year, everything will feel different. That’s it. That’s his vision.

But here is where the more important lesson begins. As in the 1980s, our problems are more structural. Not enough of us are working, and those who are are not working productively enough. We have become entitled. Our communities are fissured by mutual dislike, fear and suspicion. This is a social crisis.

And that, in turn, I think explains the otherwise bizarre loathing of Starmer, a decent, serious and empathetic man. He loves meeting people in their workplaces and at home and recently invited hundreds who had helped inform his politics during his tours around the country back to Downing Street to thank them. I can’t think of another prime minister who has done that. Yet he is not addressing, calling out, naming and providing answers to those deeper, corrosive problems. And angry, unsettled people hate him for that.

The collapse of the welfare bill is an excellent example of what has gone wrong. A system designed for those in wheelchairs, or with severe disabilities that might make it hard to wash, or move around, or dress, has been steadily expanded – particularly since the pandemic – to provide cash for people who are not working because they are depressed, stressed or anxious.
A better, more urgent national leadership would have challenged the country, challenged us, about this: is it right? Real reform would have started a year ago with the Prime Minister relentlessly trying to start a national conversation about benefits, challenging campaigners, engaging MPs, and only then bringing forward “back to work” reform plans.

This is not what happened. Disability groups were left in the dark and became increasingly suspicious. MPs were brushed aside. And in the end, the changes did not make logical sense. In many cases the personal independence payments had kept people in work. The belief spread that Starmer, Rachel Reeves and the Work and Pensions Secretary, Liz Kendall, were going after wheelchair users and those in chronic pain – even some Labour MPs thought that.

Bloodied water under the bridge? The most recent argument, about cuts to special educational needs and disabilities (Send), feels very similar. The way things are going, I predict another government retreat (though details on any changes to Send provision are not expected to be released until later this year), not only because, as my colleague Rachel Cunliffe has explained, MPs get accustomed to the habit of rebellion, but also because there is an imbalance in the public argument.

On the one hand, there are highly articulate, media-savvy voices, campaigning groups and a new far-left group forming around Jeremy Corbyn, with already-suspicious voters at their backs; on the other, there are voiceless civil servants and not particularly articulate ministers. Well, you can see how this is likely to go.

There is an equivalent conversation to be had – which isn’t being had – about migration and the changing make-up of the country. The government is conducting an inquiry into anti-Muslim hatred. Its terms of reference include that any definition of Islamophobia “must be compatible with…freedom of speech and expression – which includes the right to criticise, express dislike of, or insult religions”. That ought to comfort those (such as me) who would resolutely oppose a new back-door blasphemy law that singled out criticism of Islam as somehow more heinous than that of, for instance, Christianity, Judaism or Hinduism.

But because neither Starmer nor any other senior government minister wants to make a big explicit argument about the place of Islam in a fundamentally post-Christian country, conspiracy theories swirl and curdle. As ever, it’s about language, finding the right words, catching attention, winning arguments and wanting to change behaviour, even when it’s hard, even when it’s among minority communities.

What we might call “the Tragedy of Rachel’s Tears” has weakened Starmer. It weakens him because it provides an unforgettable image of a flailing administration and because it forces him to guarantee her job throughout this parliament. That, in turn, makes it even harder to break from previous orthodoxy on taxation – which, as the New Statesman argued last issue, is essential.

But this could be a strengthening moment, too. Starmer privately accepts he needs a far better relationship with his parliamentary party. I hope he is beginning a journey that persuades him parliamentary politics is not a disease but a necessity.

Beyond that, I hope he is starting to understand there are fundamental things wrong in the country which will require more radical politics, and far bolder, sharper public language. More on migration and communities; more on crime; more on Europe; more on tax and fairness. Money in our pocket is not the only solution.

To achieve the fresh start that is now so plainly and obviously needed, Starmer needs more instinctively political people around him. Morgan McSweeney is a brilliant and loyal operator, but he can’t do everything. The cabinet needs to step up and start to operate as a political council. There are some exceptional ministerial and back-bench talents that need to be tutored, brought in and listened to harder.

The author and former policy wonk Torsten Bell, for instance, is a future chancellor – if he can be shaped into the political beast he’d need to be. If Starmer is looking for help with a clearer narrative, I’d recommend his battle-hardened Trade Minister, Douglas Alexander. And the Scottish parliamentary party is brimming with underused, potentially helpful talent.
Because – in a final throwback to that early Thatcher speech – there is a lot of time left, plus what is, still, a majority most previous prime ministers would have given all their teeth for.
It is a bit early to be writing them off. The government has done good work. It’s also been far too bad at politics, too inarticulate. It has been raw, and inexperienced. It’s made bad mistakes. But the only truly lethal mistake is not to learn from them.

Docu-drama: This England, an eight-part television series is worth watching, although it is harrowing.

This England (TV series)

This England (originally titled This Sceptred Isle) is a British docudrama television miniseries written by Michael Winterbottom and Kieron Quirke. It depicts the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United Kingdom based on testimonies of people in the Boris Johnson administration, on the various intergovernmental advisory groups (including the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies), and in other affected British institutions such as care homes and hospitals.[1][2] It premiered on Sky Atlantic and Now on 28 September 2022.[3] Kenneth Branagh stars as Boris Johnson, and Ophelia Lovibond as Carrie Symonds.

Background

Boris Johnson wins a landslide victory in the December 2019 general election under the Get Brexit Done slogan, but within a few months faces the COVID-19 pandemic in the United Kingdom, for which he is ultimately hospitalised, and the birth of his first child with his then partner Carrie Symonds.[1]

Production

The miniseries was announced in June 2020 as This Sceptred Isle.[5] It was co-written by Michael Winterbottom and Kieron Quirke.[6] Kenneth Branagh‘s casting as Boris Johnson was announced in January 2021. The series was produced by Fremantle, Passenger and Revolution Films,[5] with Richard Brown of Passenger and Melissa Parmenter of Revolution Films serving as executive producers.[7]

All episodes were originally set to be directed by Winterbottom,[6] but after the miniseries began filming in February 2021,[8] Winterbottom stepped down from directing in March, reportedly due to health issues. He was replaced by Julian Jarrold.[9] Tim Shipman, political editor of The Sunday Times, acted as a consultant. In March 2021, Ophelia Lovibond and Simon Paisley Day joined the cast as Carrie Symonds and Dominic Cummings.[10]

In 2022, it was announced that Sky had changed the title from This Sceptred Isle to This England. Both phrases are taken from the same passage in Shakespeare’s Richard II.[11] The miniseries was set to premiere on 21 September 2022;[12] however on 9 September 2022 the premiere was pushed back to 28 September 2022, in respect of the UK period of mourning for the late Queen Elizabeth II.[13]

Reception

The series received mixed reviews,[14] with some British critics feeling that it was too soon for such a drama.[15][16][17] The Independent said: “here comes the show that precisely nobody was asking for”.[18] The New York Times said it “debuted with solid ratings” and said, “It adds up to a heartbreaking depiction of the pressure on health workers, and the fear, pain and often lonely deaths of those hooked up to ventilators”.[19] The Times praised the series and called it “An impressive enterprise but not an easy watch”.[20] The Irish Times said “If you can stomach the material, this show is hugely watchable”.[21]

Branagh was praised for his performance,[17] with The Times calling it mesmerising.[22] The Guardian and New Statesman felt the series was overly sympathethic to Johnson, as well as sanitised and detached from the front line experience.[23][24][25] The NME praised the series, but said that the format “takes some getting used to” as it oscillates between harrowing scenes in hospitals to events that resemble the 2005 BBC political satire The Thick of It.[26]

References
  1.  “Kenneth Branagh transforms into Boris Johnson in uncanny first-look photo for new coronavirus drama”Sky News. 25 February 2021. Archived from the original on 25 February 2021. Retrieved 25 February 2021.
  2.  “Boris Johnson and Covid dramatised in This England: ‘People might say we went too easy on him'”Financial Times. 20 September 2022.
  3.  “Sky Shifting ‘This England’ Launch Date By One Week To Respect UK Period Of Mourning”Deadline. 9 September 2022. Retrieved 23 September 2022.
  4.  Glancy, Josh. “Kenneth Branagh on playing Boris: ‘He has a certain loneliness'”.
  5.  Ravindran, Manori (25 February 2021). “See First Photo of Kenneth Branagh as Boris Johnson”VarietyArchived from the original on 25 February 2021. Retrieved 25 February 2021.
  6.  “Kenneth Branagh to play Boris Johnson in TV drama about Covid crisis”The Guardian. 23 January 2021. Archived from the original on 25 February 2021. Retrieved 25 February 2021.
  7.  Kanter, Jake (16 November 2020). “Michael Winterbottom’s Revolution Films Inks First-Look Deal With Fremantle”DeadlineArchived from the original on 1 February 2021. Retrieved 25 February 2021.
  8.  “Sky Drops First Look at Kenneth Branagh as British PM Boris Johnson in ‘This Sceptred Isle'”Deadline. 25 February 2021. Archived from the original on 9 July 2021. Retrieved 30 June 2021.
  9.  “Michael Winterbottom Takes Break from Directing COVID TV Drama ‘This Sceptred Isle’ Due to Ill Health”The Hollywood Reporter. 24 March 2021. Archived from the original on 9 July 2021. Retrieved 30 June 2021.
  10.  Kanter, Jake (3 March 2021). “Ophelia Lovibond, Simon Paisley Day Join Sky’s UK Covid Crisis Series ‘This Sceptred Isle’ As Carrie Symonds & Dominic Cummings”DeadlineArchived from the original on 3 March 2021. Retrieved 4 March 2021.
  11.  “Michael Winterbottom says Boris Johnson series ‘This England’ not revised after partygate revelations”.
  12.  “Boris Johnson Drama ‘This England’ Starring Kenneth Branagh Sells to 88 Territories”. 18 August 2022. Retrieved 23 September 2022.
  13.  “Sky Shifting ‘This England’ Launch Date by One Week to Respect UK Period of Mourning”. 9 September 2022. Retrieved 23 September 2022.
  14.  “This England: Critics mixed over Kenneth Branagh’s portrayal of Boris Johnson”BBC News. 30 September 2022. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  15.  Einav, Dan (28 September 2022). “This England, Sky Atlantic review — Boris Johnson pandemic drama is both premature and dated ★★★☆☆”Financial Times. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  16.  Ellen, Barbara (2 October 2022). “The week in TV: This England; Make Me Prime Minister; Inside Man; Industry”The Guardian. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  17.  Armstrong, Neil (28 September 2022). “This England review: Boris Johnson drama is ‘too soon’ ★★★☆☆”BBC Culture. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  18.  Hilton, Nick (29 September 2022). “This England is a Covid drama that should be avoided like the plague ★★☆☆☆”Independent.co.uk. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  19.  Lander, Mark (30 September 2022). “Britain Wonders, Is It Too Soon to Dramatize the Pandemic?”The New York Times. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  20.  Fay, Liam (2 October 2022). “This England review — Behind the scenes as Boris unravels ★★★★☆”The Times. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  21.  Power, Ed (28 September 2022). “This England review: If you can stomach the material, this show is hugely watchable. ★★★★☆”The Irish Times. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  22.  Mideley, Carol (27 September 2022). “This England review — Kenneth Branagh’s portrayal of Boris Johnson is mesmerising ★★★★☆”. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  23.  Cook, Rachel (28 September 2022). “Michael Winterbottom’s This England is odd and oddly repellent”. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  24.  Mangan, Lucy (28 September 2022). “This England review – so sympathetic to Boris Johnson it is absolutely bananas. ★★☆☆☆”The Guardian. Retrieved 4 October 2022.
  25.  Dacombe, Rod (29 September 2022). “I will never forget the brutal realities of the pandemic – This England brushes them aside”The Guardian. Retrieved 8 February 2023.
  26.  Mottram, James (28 September 2022). “‘This England’ review: Kenneth Branagh and the big, blond buffoon. ★★★★☆”NME. Retrieved 4 October 2022.

An interesting read about British politics is The Prime Ministers We Never Had: Success and Failure from Butler to Corbyn, Atlantic Books, 2021. Steve Richards considers the circumstances (personal and political), personalities, experience and aspirations of women and men, Conservative and Labour, who might, but did not, become a British Prime Minister. Beginning with Rab Butler, he considers Roy Jenkins, Barbara Castle, Denis Healey, Neil Kinnock, Michael Heseltine, Michael Portillo, Ken Clarke, David and Ed Miliband, and ends with Jeremy Corbyn. At the same time as providing detailed analysis of those who failed to become PM, there is plenty of information about some of those who did, and a general political history of the periods in which these almost stars failed.

I would give it only a 3* rating if reviewing it. However, it is an easy way to consume some British political history.

Corbyn’s new party – is it happening and could it damage Labour?

5 July 2025 Sam Francis Political reporter; Iain Watson Political correspondent

High profile left winger Zarah Sultana has quit Labour and vowed to launch a new political party with Jeremy Corbyn.

That, however, seems to have come as news to him.

In a social media post, the former Labour leader congratulated Sultana on her “principled decision” to leave and said he was “delighted that she will help us build a real alternative”.

But he said “the democratic foundations of a new kind of political party” were still taking shape and discussions were “ongoing”.

Sultana appears to have jumped the gun, taking not just Corbyn but others involved in the project by surprise.

But that does not mean it is not happening.

There is no name yet – Arise and The Collective have been bandied about. Corbyn is thought to like the phrase “Real Change”, but not necessarily as a party name.

No timetable for a launch has been agreed, although there has been talk of fielding candidates at next May’s local elections.

But all of those involved in the project believe there is a huge gap in the market to the left of Sir Keir Starmer’s Labour Party, with millions of potential votes up for grabs.

Are they right?

And what would the arrival of a new socialist party mean for the Greens who have scooped up many left-wing voters in recent times – not to mention the Labour Party itself?

It is very difficult to assess support for a party that does not yet exist, has no leader and no policies.

Pollsters More In Common recently tested the sort of support a party to the left of Labour would have – specifically one led by Jeremy Corbyn.

Their research suggested it could pick up 10% of the vote – reducing Labour’s standing by three points but far more dramatically eating in to support for the Greens, which would fall from 9% to 5% in the polls.

Notably, a Corbyn-led party could become the country’s most popular party among 18- to 24-year-olds with 32% of the vote.

Former Corbyn aide Andrew Murray said Sir Keir Starmer had “created the space” for a party to Labour’s left by ruthlessly expelling left wingers from the party and dropping his leadership campaign promises.

Speaking to GB News’s Choppers Podcast, Murray said Labour’s 2017 vote – 3.2 million more than Sir Keir’s in 2024 – showed the scale of potential support for a new left-wing party.

Thousands of votes had leaked away from the Tories to Reform UK at last year’s election, he added, and “there are similarly huge numbers of people who regard themselves as progressives and are looking for something different.”

American Politics

From Raw Story

‘Who’s going to milk the cows?’ Dairy farmers hit by Trump’s deportations

Jennifer Bowers Bahney May 23, 2025 5:02PM ET

Dairy farmers who voted for President Donald Trump are worried there will be no one around to milk the cows now that the administration is cracking down on “otherwise law-abiding immigrants in the country illegally,” The Boston Globe reported.

Farmers in Vermont told the Globe they voted for Trump because they liked his tough talk on quelling immigration and closing the border. Things are different now that ICE is coming for their workers.

“All the dairy farmers who voted for Trump were under the impression they weren’t going to come on farms and take our guys,” one farmer said. “It’s happening more than we’d like. It’s scaring the farming community and we’re like, ‘This wasn’t supposed to happen.’”

Oh dear. They thought it was all going to happen to someone else. And, despite this evidence to the contrary, according to the perceptive comments below, probably will continue to do so.

Jess Piper Jul 14 Jess Piper from The View from Rural Missouri <jesspiper@substack.com> 

The Epstein Files Fallout Will Not Touch Him

And I am very sorry to say that…

When he said he could shoot someone on 5th Avenue, and not lose any voters, he was telling the truth. He’s leading a cult and doing what every cult leader does: whatever he wants, including telling his supporters for years that he would release the Epstein files and the dirt on high-level pedophiles, only to reverse it and tell them to stop talking about the Epstein files.

Here’s the deal: they will stop talking about it. Give it a month.

I have seen several folks on the left post about how angry Trump supporters are about the non-release of the Epstein files. How MAGA will defect because they were lied to.

The right has been frothing at the mouth about a file or list of names of folks who were caught red-handed with Jeffrey Epstein. On his plane or on his island or at his parties or known to frequently be in the company of Jeffrey Epstein.

There is anger on the right about the Epstein mess, but it’s not trickling down to the everyday Trump supporter.

The people who are mad and posting rants and burning their Trump hats and claiming they are done with MAGA are influencers. They are likely angry, but the reason they have such outbursts is because they are paid for views. It’s outrage, but it’s also a paycheck. Don’t think for a minute that the influencer is the regular MAGA voter.

I know because I talk to MAGA voters every day. I am related to them. They don’t listen to influencers if the message doesn’t align with what Trump says.

You know how much Trump likes to post his random thoughts several times a day? That isn’t accidental. He needs to speak directly to his folks to keep them in line. They need to hear from their strongman leader to stay on course. Trump can control their thoughts and emotions when he speaks directly to them. He can pressure them to conform to his lies. He can remind them that there is no questioning him.

No criticism. No critical thinking.

I recently asked a Trump supporter what he thought of the non-release of the Epstein files that Trump promised. He said it was a cover-up. It’s not Trump’s fault, but it is likely Pam Bondi’s fault.

Blame a woman. As old as time.

It’s the deep state. It’s Biden. It’s the Clintons. It’s Soros. It’s the ever-present evil Democratic child-abusing and child-eating cabal.

If your eyes rolled into the back of your head reading those lines, think how hard it was to listen to them and write them verbatim. Makes my head hurt and my fingers numb.

So, what’s going on here? Why would Trump supporters talk incessantly about the Epstein files and his jailhouse suicide and the wealthy men who abused little children and then just shake their heads at the news that the files were no longer files — in fact, there were no files?

They are indoctrinated.

Here is a question I am asked by people who haven’t had direct contact with a Trump voter: Why won’t the Epstein mess change their minds? How can we flip them? What message can we bring to a Trump voter to change their thinking?

I’m going to say this as gently as I can: You can’t. You can’t change a three-time Trump voter.

Think about this: Why can’t you just knock on your Catholic neighbor’s door and convert them to Mormonism? Why can’t I talk my Baptist mom into being an atheist? Because religion is often tied up with someone’s identity.

And so is Trumpism.

While a practicing Baptist, I had a Jehovah’s Witness knock on my door. I opened my door and listening politely and then told her thank you for stopping by and never thought about what she said at my door or the doctrine or the literature she left with me. I was not interested, and I already had my faith and a community behind my faith.

At the time, I knew I was right and she was wrong.

This essay is not to say that religions are cults or mock any faith or make any implication in that manner. Not in the least. I am not trying to offend, nor would I ever make that assumption about a religious faith. I have the sweetest and kindest friends who are faithful and devoted and selfless warriors.

They practice their religion by feeding the poor and standing in front of ICE and marching for justice.

Trumpism is not a religion, but it has become such an identity for Trump voters that it has evolved (devolved) into their de facto religion. They have swapped the basic tenets of their Christian Bible with the Republican agenda and Trump.

They believe in deporting immigrants while their religious text states, “When a foreigner resides among you in your land, do not mistreat them. The foreigner residing among you must be treated as your native-born. Love them as yourself,”Leviticus 19:33–34

They look down on the poor and defund their safety nets while their Bible says, “Whoever oppresses the poor shows contempt for their Maker, but whoever is kind to the needy honors God.” — Proverbs 14:31

They praise wealth and celebrate the 1% while Jesus said, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor. Provide purses for yourselves that will not wear out, a treasure in heaven that will not be exhausted, where no thief comes near and no moth destroys. For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” — Luke 12:32-34

They worship and idolize Trump as their savior while their text warns, “Those who pay regard to vain idols forsake their hope of steadfast love.” —Jonah 2:8

Illustration by Marco Ventura for Rolling Stone.

That is why the non-release of the Epstein lists or tapes or files will not sway a true Trump follower. They worship him, and they already know the worst about him.

They know he mocks those with disabilities. They know he grabs women by the p*ssy. They know he said he’d date his daughter. They know he walked in on naked young women backstage during pageants. They know he cheated on all of his wives. They know he doesn’t pay his bills and stiffs those who work for him. They know he lies on a daily basis.

They know he has 34 felonies and a sexual abuse conviction.

They already know all of the worst, and even if the Epstein files were released, and his name were at the top, there would be a reason. Or they would make one up.

The bad news is that even if a MAGA did go off the rails and read a few books and articles and find that they couldn’t support Trump, there is no reason to think they would vote for a Democrat. MAGA supporters have been taught for decades that there is nothing worse than a Democrat — even an atheist is preferable to a Democrat, and that’s saying a lot.

The good news is that MAGA people make up 52% of the Republican Party. Just over half. The other 48% of Republicans and all of the Independents and all of the Democrats combined well outnumber them.

We are the majority.

Breaking someone away from a cult is one of the most difficult things you can imagine. My hope lies in reaching the apathetic.

When knocking doors, for every Trump door I avoid, I knock two more.

I have knocked doors that weren’t on my list to engage with people who weren’t registered to vote. Those who have never participated in democracy. Those who aren’t paying attention or feel helpless and therefore disengage.

These are the folks we can reach.

We have to stop handwringing over people who are lost. The Trumpers aren’t going to vote for Democrats because a list of pedophiles wasn’t released to them.

Focus on the apathetic. Focus on enlarging our base.

Forget the thrice-voting Trump folks.

~Jess

Week beginning 9 July 2025

Claire Allan The Perfect Mother Boldwood Books, February 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley and Boldwood Books for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Claire Allan has combined a story line that engages, with complex characters and twists that are not only clever, but a logical part of the story. Allen has not fallen for the simplistic view that any twist is worthwhile, the confected twist that in so many novels in this genre makes little sense. Instead, she has woven the storyline and character development adroitly, providing clues along the way, and showing that the ending of the novel is the sound and satisfying outcome of the dilemmas faced by Mel, her husband, Ed, and the couple at the centre of their problems. Although I had my suspicious, it was a compellingly uneasy read to the conclusion.

Mel and Ed have been forced to abandon their home near Mel’s parents to move eighty miles away. Here they are supervising the renovation of their cottage, living in a caravan, and attempting to recover from the aftermath of the still birth of a friend’s baby. The grieving parents, Alice and Thomas had become friends as well as Mel’s clients in her business as a doula and hypnobirthing practitioner. Alice began a campaign against Mel and her practice, joined readily by others who were keen to decry the practice and Mel personally. The threatening atmosphere is introduced in the prologue, and even when the family move, is an ever-present tense background to their new life while they wait for the birth of their second baby. Mel has lost her business, friends, her contacts in online mothers’ groups, and her parents are conflicted about their care for their daughter, and disapproval of her former profession. Ed would have preferred to move much further away, and the prospect of Australia as a new home looms in Mel’s list of stressful situations. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Danit Brown Television for Women Melville Publishing House, June 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

I found this a profoundly disappointing reflection upon a woman’s first few months home with her baby. To Estie, her newborn is ‘the baby,’ until well after their departure from the safety of the hospital. In their home, in which the baby’s parents harbour disappointments, the baby at last becomes Rosie to her mother. This is a clever acknowledgement of the distance between Estie, the only source of food, and Rosie who is dependent upon her mother’s presence. That this is only a physical presence is conveyed well by the distancing language. However, this is the redeeming feature for me. Unfortunately, Estie’s self-regard, referred to herself as ‘hormonal’, and later, her behaviour the result of ‘depression’, was a stumbling block for my becoming immersed sympathetically in Estie’s undoubtably distressing and challenging first months of motherhood. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

CÉZANNE TO GIACOMETTI 

Until 21 Sep | Ticketed, under 18s free

Plan your memorable winter weekend in Kamberri/Canberra and experience the masterpieces of Paul Cézanne, Pablo Picasso, Georges Braque, Henri Matisse, Paul Klee and Alberto Giacometti.

Cézanne to Giacometti: highlights from Museum Berggruen / Neue Nationalgalerie is curated in partnership with Berlin’s Museum Berggruen. Presented alongside Australia’s national collection, the exhibition examines how the revolutionary ideas of modern art spread and inspired developments in both European and Australian modernism.

Book today to secure your tickets and experience more with the illustrated publication, free tours and audio guide. Drop into the Art Store at the Gallery to browse an exclusive product range produced for the exhibition.

Entry to Cézanne to Giacometti is free for visitors under 18 thanks to our supporters including Principal Patron Tim Fairfax AC, Exhibition Patrons, and donors to the 2024 Annual Appeal.

NAIDOC WEEK
Visiting the Gallery this month? Celebrate NAIDOC Week from 6–13 July with talks, workshops, exhibitions and digital content. Highlights include Nunga Screen film screenings, school holiday activities with Alick Tipoti and artists talks with Karla Dickens and Julie Gough. 

🥁 Axios interview: Ken Burns on the Revolution

Ken Burns told Axios’ Noah Bressner that his forthcoming six-part series — “The American Revolution” — has been in the works since December 2015 and required “years and years and years” of filming war reenactors across the 13 original colonies.

  • The 12-hour film — directed by Burns, Sarah Botstein and David Schmidt — will premiere Nov. 16 on PBS and run for six consecutive nights.

Why it matters: “It’s about really big ideas, the biggest ideas in humankind, and it’s also an incredibly violent struggle,” the legendary filmmaker tells us.

  • “I think that we’ve papered over the violence, maybe because we don’t have any photographs or newsreels.”

Burns’ other documentary epics — including “The Civil War,” “Baseball” and “The Vietnam War” — have heavily featured archival photographs and footage.

  • This time, Burns “realized you had to get over an aversion” to reenactments, which he’s used sparingly in other projects.
  • The film crew shot reenactors in nearly 100 locations “in every time of day and every season, mostly at dawn or dusk.”

“Then we used paintings,” Burns added. “I go and I say, ‘Do we have Continentals firing at the British?’ And we have a musket volley, very close up, very impressionistic. And we then have a returning British volley. And then that melds with the painting.”

  • Burns said the film has more maps than in all of the other films he’s made combined — “and I’ve been doing this for a little while.”

Watch the trailer … Keep reading.

American Politics

Update: Abrego Garcia’s Civil & Criminal Cases

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com> 

The Civil Case

On March 24, 2025, Kilmar Abrego Garcia’s wife filed a civil lawsuit on his behalf in federal district court in Maryland. The defendants included Attorney General Pamela Bondi, DHS Secretary Kristi Noem, and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. The Trump administration had just deported Venezuelans it claimed were gang members to El Salvador, although ultimately it came to light that significant numbers of them weren’t. The Trump administration violated a district court’s order that the men not be turned over to El Salvador, which was ultimately reversed by the Supreme Court.

It’s not unusual for plaintiffs in civil cases to amend their initial complaint as new information comes to light. On Wednesday, Jennifer Stefania Vasquez Sura, Abrego Garcia’s wife, asked the court for permission to do so.

She explained that “the Government filed a motion to dismiss Plaintiffs’ Complaint as moot, arguing that because it had returned Abrego Garcia to the United States, Plaintiffs have received all the relief they sought.” She wanted to amend her complaint to “clarify that the relief they seek remains live, notwithstanding Abrego Garcia’s return to the United States.” Three new items are included in the amended complaint: “The proposed Amended Complaint details the Government’s defiance of court orders after this Court granted preliminary injunctive relief.”“[E]vidence that emerged in a June 2025 whistleblower disclosure from former DOJ official Erez Reuveni, who was previously counsel for the Government in this case. The new allegations include government officials internally acknowledging that Abrego Garcia’s removal was an “administrative error” while simultaneously working to prevent his return and to make post-hoc justifications. These revelations provide evidence of deliberate misconduct that was unavailable when the original Complaint was filed.”

“Abrego Garcia’s first-hand account of torture and mistreatment at CECOT, as well as developments regarding his return to the United States and the Government’s stated plan to remove him again.”

The proposed amended complaint, which is attached to the motion for permission to file it, contains predictable but still shocking revelations about conditions at CECOT. The conditions, as alleged, are more like a concentration camp than a prison in the United States, and there is little doubt that if established, the allegations made about those conditions would run afoul of the Constitution’s prohibition on cruel and unusual punishment. Although the government has maintained that once delivered to El Salvador, these men are no longer in U.S. custody, that argument is paper-thin, or at least it should be, since the U.S. government is paying El Salvador to house these men. The allegations made by Abrego Garcia will likely play prominently in litigation over this issue.

The new allegations in the amended complaint include the following:“Upon arrival at CECOT, the detainees were greeted by a prison official who stated, ‘Welcome to CECOT. Whoever enters here doesn’t leave.’ Plaintiff Abrego Garcia was then forced to strip, issued prison clothing, and subjected to physical abuse including being kicked in the legs with boots and struck on his head and arms to make him change clothes faster. His head was shaved with a zero razor, and he was frog-marched to cell 15, being struck with wooden batons along the way. By the following day, Plaintiff Abrego Garcia had visible bruises and lumps all over his body.In Cell 15, Plaintiff Abrego Garcia and 20 other Salvadorans were forced to kneel from approximately 9:00 PM to 6:00 AM, with guards striking anyone who fell from exhaustion. During this time, Plaintiff Abrego Garcia was denied bathroom access and soiled himself. The detainees were confined to metal bunks with no mattresses in an overcrowded cell with no windows, bright lights that remained on 24 hours a day, and minimal access to sanitation.”

And although the complaint alleges that El Salvadoran prison officials acknowledged that Abrego wasn’t a gang member, they threatened him with physical harm at the hands of gang members in the prison:“As reflected by his segregation, the Salvadoran authorities recognized that Plaintiff Abrego Garcia was not affiliated with any gang and, at around this time, prison officials explicitly acknowledged that Plaintiff Abrego Garcia’s tattoos were not gang-related, telling him ‘your tattoos are fine.’

While at CECOT, prison officials repeatedly told Plaintiff Abrego Garcia that they would transfer him to the cells containing gang members who, they assured him, would ‘tear’ him apart.

Indeed, Plaintiff Abrego Garcia repeatedly observed prisoners in nearby cells who he understood to be gang members violently harm each other with no intervention from guards or personnel. Screams from nearby cells would similarly ring out throughout the night without any response from prison guards on personnel.

During his first two weeks at CECOT, Plaintiff Abrego Garcia suffered a significant deterioration in his physical condition and lost approximately 31 pounds (dropping from approximately 215 pounds to 184 pounds).”During a conference call with District Judge Paula Xinis in Greenbelt, Maryland, the government acknowledged it intended to deport Abrego Garcia again, this time to a third country. That would not violate the withholding order that prevented them from sending him to Venezuela. The government’s lawyer represented that it didn’t have imminent plans for deportation, but Abrego Garcia’s lawyers told the court, “We have concerns that the government may try to remove Mr. Abrego Garcia quickly over the weekend, something like that.” They asked for an emergency order that would bring him to Maryland if he were released in Tennessee, where he is facing the criminal charges the government filed against him when they returned him from El Salvador. Abrego Garcia remains in federal custody in Tennessee while the Magistrate Judge considers whether to release him—she previously ruled he was entitled to release, but she was concerned about the deportation issue.

Judge Xinis set a July 7 court hearing in Maryland to discuss the emergency request and other matters. Today, she rejected the government’s request to delay the hearing to a later date.

The same week Abrego Garcia’s wife filed her original complaint, Defendant Kristi Noem traveled to El Salvador to “visit” CECOT prison. She posed for this photo in front of a cell full of prisoners.

report from the CATO Institute suggests that although the government claims all of the men it sent to Venezuela are “illegal aliens,” in 50 of the 90 cases where they were able to identify how the men entered the United States, the men said that they entered the U.S. legally, with government permission, at an official border crossing point.”

The Criminal Case

The government attempted to save face when it returned Abrego Garcia from El Salvador by filing criminal charges against him involving the transportation of people who were known to be present in the U.S. without legal immigration status. Comments made by government officials went far beyond the facts alleged in the indictment—a clear violation of DOJ policy—in describing his conduct and claiming he was a serious violent criminal who, among other things, had sexually assaulted women.Last week, there were reports that the government’s key witness, Jose Ramon Hernandez Reyes, likely the owner of the car Abrego Garcia was driving during the incident he was charged with, was a three-time convicted felon. The deal the government cut with him allowed his early released early from federal prison to a halfway house in exchange for his cooperation in the case. An official with Homeland Security Investigations, part of ICE, testified Hernandez Reyes would have been deported but for his cooperation with the government. The Washington Post reported that he said in court that the government “is also likely to give him a work permit.”

In the meantime, Abrego Garcia’s attorneys have asked District Judge Waverly D. Crenshaw Jr. in Tennessee to enforce local rules that prohibit the Trump administration from making “extensive and inflammatory extrajudicial comments about Mr. Abrego that are likely to prejudice his right to a fair trial.” The motion continues, “These comments continued unabated—if anything they ramped up—since his indictment in this District, making clear the government’s intent to engage in a ‘trial by newspaper.’”

Abrego Garcia’s lawyers raise four points of concern in their pleading:“[T]he government has relentlessly attacked Mr. Abrego’s character and reputation in dozens of public statements … Many of the government’s statements have been highly prejudicial and serve no justifiable law enforcement purpose—and reflect nothing more than the lengths the government will go to in its efforts to paint Mr. Abrego as a dangerous criminal to deflect from its mistake.”“[T]he government has expressed opinions about Mr. Abrego’s guilt and the evidence in this case in ways that go far beyond the limited disclosures permitted” by local rules of court.“[T]he government’s statements have been contaminated with irrelevant and false claims that the DOJ ‘knows or reasonably should know are likely to be inadmissible as evidence in a trial or that would, if disclosed, create a substantial risk of prejudicing an impartial trial.”” As an example, they offer that, “at a press conference announcing these charges, Attorney General Bondi recounted allegations from unreliable alleged coconspirators that Mr. Abrego ‘abused undocumented alien females,’ ‘trafficked firearms and narcotics,’ ‘solicited nude photographs and videos of a minor,’ and ‘played a role in the murder of a rival gang member’s mother.’” They also objected to what they call unsubstantiated claims that Abrego Garcia is Mr. Abrego is a “wife beater” and “domestic abuser.” They conclude that “These assertions are not only irrelevant and inflammatory, but also based entirely on inadmissible hearsay.”“[S]ince the indictment was unsealed, the government has made nearly three dozen statements about the fact that it has charged Mr. Abrego with a crime, without reference to the presumption of innocence.”

In a normal administration, an Assistant United States Attorney who did any of these things would most likely be seriously sanctioned by internal DOJ disciplinary mechanisms. But here, the concern is about the Attorney General of the United States and other high-ranking officials. We are no longer surprised by much, but we should reclaim our ability to be shocked by the truly outrageous. Because that’s exactly what this is.

It is the job of defense lawyers to put the government on its back foot. But they’ve made the claims in this case knowing that they will be thoroughly tested. In their motion, Abrego Garcia’s lawyers ask the court for a very simple sanction: they want him to “issue an order directing the parties to comply with Local Criminal Rule 2.01,” the local rule that prohibits these out-of-court statements. This afternoon, Judge Crenshaw directed both sides to stop making public statements about the case. It’s not clear from his two-sentence ruling, “Motion (69) is GRANTED. All counsel are expected to comply with the Local Rules of this Court,” whether the order extends to DHS employees in addition to DOJ employees, which Abrego Garcia’s lawyers requested.Despite this limited action, the motion was a strategic one that hints at the kind of arguments that will be used to argue a guilty verdict, if the government obtains one, should be reversed because the jury pool was tainted by the government’s own statements to the public. The motion also recites that, “The Vice President, a Yale Law School graduate, went so far as to flatly lie about Mr. Abrego, calling him a ‘convicted MS-13 gang member,’ notwithstanding that Mr. Abrego in fact has never been convicted of any crime at all.” Abrego Garcia’s lawyers are busy making a record.

This case, which has brought issues of due process and the prospect of the executive branch of government ignoring orders issued by the judiciary to the forefront of Americans’ minds, will stand as one of the most important cases in American history. We don’t yet know how it will end. It is a very dangerous moment for our democracy, one we should all pay close attention to. Thanks for being here with me at Civil Discourse. Your support, and your paid subscriptions help me devote the time and resources necessary to this work.

We’re in this together,

Joyce

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> UnsubscribeSun 6 Jul, 15:44 (19 hours ago)

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for moreJuly 5, 2025Heather Cox RichardsonJul 6 READ IN APP 

Yesterday afternoon, President Donald J. Trump signed the nearly 1,000-page budget reconciliation bill Republicans passed last week. Trump had demanded Congress pass the measure by July 4, and Republicans rammed it through despite the bill’s deep unpopularity and Congress’s lack of debate on it. When House speaker Mike Johnson (R-LA) presented Trump with the speaker’s gavel during the signing event, the symbolism of the gift was a little too on the nose.“

Today we are laying a key cornerstone of America’s new golden age,” Speaker Johnson said at the signing. The new law is the capstone to the dramatic changes MAGA Republicans have made to the U.S. government in the last six months.

The measure makes the 2017 Trump tax cuts for the wealthy and corporations, which were due to expire at the end of this year, permanent. At the bill’s signing, Trump harked back to the idea Republicans have embraced since 1980, claiming that tax cuts spark economic growth. He said: “After this kicks in, our country is going to be a rocket ship economically.”

In fact, tax cuts since 1981 have not driven growth, and a study by the nonpartisan Penn Wharton Budget Model of the University of Pennsylvania projects that the measure will decrease national productivity, known as gross domestic product (GDP), by 0.3% in ten years and drop the average wage by 0.4% in the same time frame.

From 1981 to 2021, tax cuts moved more than $50 trillion from the bottom 90% to the top 1%, and Penn Wharton projects the top 10% of households will receive about 80% of the total value of this law, too. Those in the top 20% of earners can expect to see nearly $13,000 a year from the bill, while those in the bottom 20% of households will lose about $885 in 2030 as the pieces of the law take effect.

Past tax cuts have also driven budget deficits and increases in the national debt, and like them, this law will increase the deficit by about $3.4 trillion over the next ten years, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office. The CBO also projects that interest payments on that debt will cost more than $1 trillion a year.

Sam Goldfarb and Justin Lahart of the Wall Street Journal noted on Thursday that economists, investors and politicians are sounding the alarm that the U.S. is “bingeing on debt” when there is no national emergency like a pandemic or a war to require taking on such debt. The measure will raise the nation’s debt ceiling by $5 trillion.

The Republican reliance on tax cuts to increase economic growth has inspired them to cut public programs since 1981. The Republicans’ new law continues the cuts begun as soon as Trump took office, cutting $890 billion from Medicaid over the next ten years, and about $230 billion out of the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program that provides food assistance for low-income Americans. It cuts tax credits for wind and solar power while promoting fossil fuels.

At the White House on Friday, Trump said: “I just want you to know, if you see anything negative put out by Democrats, it’s all a con job.” He claimed the new law is the “most popular bill ever signed.”But it is clear administration officials are well aware that polls showed Americans disapproving of the measure more than approving by the huge gap of around 20 points. They are now trying to sell the law to voters. Notably, the previously nonpartisan Social Security Administration sent an email to Social Security recipients yesterday claiming the bill “eliminates federal income taxes on Social Security benefits for most beneficiaries, providing relief to individuals and couples.” Except the law does not actually eliminate federal income taxes on Social Security benefits. Instead, it gives a temporary tax deduction of up to $6,000 for individuals older than 65 with annual incomes less than $75,000, or $12,000 for married couples with incomes less than $150,000.What the law does do, though, is pour $170.7 billion into immigration enforcement—more than the military budgets of all but fifteen countries. The law provides $51.6 billion to build a wall on the border, more than three times what Trump spent on the wall in his first term. It provides $45 billion for detention facilities for Immigration and Customs Enforcement, an increase of 265% in ICE’s annual detention budget. It provides $29.9 billion for ICE enforcement, a threefold increase in ICE’s annual budget.

According to Aaron Reichlin-Melnick of the American Immigration Council, the law gives ICE more funding than the Federal Bureau of Investigations; Drug Enforcement Administration; Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives; U.S. Marshals Service; and Bureau of Prisons combined. In fact, Reichlin-Melnick told Democracy Now!, the law will make ICE the largest federal law enforcement agency “in the history of the nation.”And now, with the MAGA Republican political realignment in place, we wait to see whether it delivers the golden age Trump and his MAGA loyalists promise.The early signs are not auspicious.

Within hours of Trump’s signing the bill into law, Gun Owners of America and a number of other pro-gun organizations filed a lawsuit claiming the measure makes the 1934 National Firearms Act (NFA) unconstitutional. That law regulated machine guns and short-barrel guns by imposing a tax on them and making owners register their weapons. The Supreme Court upheld that law as a tax law. The budget reconciliation bill ended those taxes and thus, the plaintiffs claim, the constitutional justification for the law.

In a press release, Gun Owners of America said its “team in Washington had been working behind the scenes with Congress since the November 2024 election to fully repeal the NFA,” and that the new law had teed up their lawsuit against the registry it called “an unconstitutional relic.”Scholars of authoritarianism are sounding the alarm over the new law. Timothy Snyder warned that the extensive concentration camps that Trump has called for and the new measure will fund will be tempting sites for slave labor. Undocumented immigrants make up 4% to 5% of the total U.S. workforce. In agriculture, food processing, and construction, they make up between 15% and 20% of the workforce.

Comparing the detention camps to similar programs in other countries, Snyder warns that incarcerated workers will likely be offered to employers on special terms, a concept Trump appears to have embraced with his suggestion that the administration will figure out how to put workers back in the fields and businesses by putting them under the authority of those hiring them. Trump has called the idea “owner responsibility.”“[T]hey’re going to be largely responsible for these people,” Trump said. This echoes the system legislators set up in the U.S. South during Reconstruction thanks to the fact the Thirteenth Amendment permits enslavement “as punishment for a crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted.” That system permitted employers to pay the fines of incarcerated individuals and then to own their labor until those debts were paid. While we know that system from the chain gangs of that era, in fact employers in many different sectors used—and abused—such workers.

Today, according to the nonpartisan Economic Policy Institute, of the 1.2 million people incarcerated in state and federal prisons, nearly 800,000 are prison laborers, working in the facility itself or in government-run businesses or services like call centers or firefighting. About 3% work for private-sector employers, where they earn very low pay.

Snyder urges Americans to be aware that the law paves the way to establish this system.

Harvard sociologist Theda Skocpol identified “massive militarization of ICE” as “the real heart of this law.” She notes that American scholars have thought the federal system in the U.S., in which state and local governments control the police powers, bought the U.S. some protection against a police state.

But, Skocpol says, officials in the Trump administration “have figured out a devilishly clever workaround. Immigration is an area where a U.S. President can exercise virtually unchecked legal coercive power, especially if backed by a Supreme Court majority and corrupted Department of Justice. Now Congress has given ICE unprecedented resources—much of this windfall to be used for graft with private contractors Trump patronizes, but lots of to hire street agents willing to mask themselves and do whatever they are told against residents and fellow American citizens. [Administration officials] are not interested only in rounding up undocumented immigrants,” she wrote to Josh Marshall at Talking Points Memo. “They will step up using ICE and DOJ enforcements…to harass Democrats [and] citizen critics, and subvert future elections if they can.”

At an event in Des Moines, Iowa, on Thursday, Trump complained that Democrats had not supported the budget reconciliation bill. Less than three weeks after a gunman murdered a Democratic Minnesota lawmaker and her husband, and shot another legislator and his wife, Trump said Democrats had opposed the measure only “because they hate Trump. But I hate them, too. You know that? I really do, I hate them. I cannot stand them, because I really believe they hate our country.”—Notes:https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2025/07/04/donald-trump-signs-megabill-taxes-medicaid-border/84470497007/https://budgetmodel.wharton.upenn.edu/issues/2025/7/1/senate-reconciliation-bill-budget-economic-and-distributional-effectshttps://www.cnn.com/2025/07/03/business/trump-big-beautiful-bill-business-economyhttps://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/wall-street-crisis-deficits-default-mode-bf1f5940https://www.reuters.com/world/us/trump-tax-bill-averts-one-debt-crisis-makes-future-financial-woes-worse-2025-07-03/https://www.npr.org/2025/07/03/nx-s1-5454841/house-republicans-trump-tax-bill-medicaidhttps://abcnews.go.com/GMA/News/trump-big-beautiful-bill-cuts-SNAP-affordable-food-benefits/story?id=123415329https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2025/jul/05/social-security-administration-email-trump-tax-billhttps://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/fact-sheet/house-reconciliation-bill-immigration-border-security/https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/press-release/congress-approves-unprecedented-funding-mass-detention-deportation-2025/https://www.newsweek.com/trump-bill-sparks-gun-group-lawsuit-2094946https://www.gunowners.org/goa-to-file-one-big-beautiful-lawsuit-against-nfa-registry-as-one-big-beautiful-bill-heads-to-presidents-desk/https://www.epi.org/publication/rooted-racism-prison-labor/

The Daily with Sarah Jones <politicususa@substack.com> 

Liberals, Conservatives, And Independents Form Initiative To Fight For Democracy And Freedom

Pete Buttigieg, Stacey Abrams, J. Michael Luttig, Sophia Bush and so many more launched a new initiative to fight for our democracy and freedom together – conservatives, liberals and independents.

This July Fourth was a raw wound and also a reminder of the fight it took to get us to our Independence Day in the first place.

Powerful people with agendas are always going to try to seize power, unravel progress and spit on the principles of democracy. They’ve done it throughout history and it seems it’s our turn again, right now.

This time, maybe more of us will stand together with one another, locked in arms, against the evil of fascism cloaked in racism and white nationalism.

To that end, conservative, liberal and independent leaders joined together to launch “We Hold These Truths,” an initiative to promote freedom, equality, and democracy.

The initiative brings together names like Sophia Bush, Pete Buttigieg, Stacey Abrams, Lynda Carter, Jodi Picoult, Celeste Ng, Wesley Clark, Jamie Raskin, Bradley Whitford, Julianne Moore and more to partner with “We Hold These Truths”.

Launched on Independence Day, the campaign is intended “to promote freedom, equality, and democracy by providing Americans with clear, reliable, and accessible facts about the protections provided under the U.S. Constitution for all people and the work required to safeguard our freedoms and nation’s ideals.”

Sophia Bush spoke for so many of us in an Instagram post on July 5th, detailing the love and pain of the Fourth this year (I’ve added paragraphs to make it easier to read):

“I spent a lot of time yesterday reflecting on a feeling I’ve been feeling deep in my bones this year … a mixture of the profound and the profane. The awe and love I hold for this country and what she is supposed to be. And the deep pain as I witness the way she’s being bastardized, gutted, and remade in the image of a terror state.”

“I have challenged myself, through decades of study and hard practice, to embrace dialectics. But this present opposition is stretching me to a point so difficult it feels nearly impossible some days .how are our simple human arms — and hearts — supposed to stretch this far? Supposed to encompass so much? I suspect that’s the point. They want us to be spread so thin that we break, give out, give UP.”

“But I’m not giving up on us. On you and me. Your families. Our children. Our ancestors. Our legacy. I’m not giving up on this place, however imperfect and brutal, because I’ve seen generations of known heroes and unnamed neighbors alike do the work of building. Creating the kinds of progress that inch us ever closer to our incredible founding ideals, making them what they were intended to be: for ALL. Even when such a notion was more grand than people in the past could imagine. It was still the entire point of the American experiment. Liberty and justice for all.

“And while it’s hideous and painful to watch a small group of even smaller-hearted men and women rip apart everything good? I refuse to let them do it without a fight. I refuse to drop my arms even though my muscles are burning and my eyes are watering. I refuse. And I know so many of you do too. I know you’re angry and enraged and heartbroken and afraid. I know you cannot fathom that the cruelty is the point, because who would want to live — or rule!? — that way.”

“Me too, friends. Me too. So here’s what I say… let’s take our scared rage, and our ferocious love — of our neighbors, families, and even our Constitution — and let’s pick ourselves and dust ourselves off and throw our fists up and stay in this fight.”

sophiabush

A post shared by @sophiabush

We Hold These Truths” is an initiative committed to our future, together. It includes principles such as:

They ran full-page ads on July 4 in The New York Times, Arizona Republic, Cleveland Plain Dealer, Dallas Morning News, and San Francisco Chronicle.

Fighting Back Together

We each will find our way of fighting back, but the point of sharing initiatives like this is to let you know that we do not fight alone.

There are people in this country from every single political affiliation who do not agree with the abuses of this administration, who value freedom and equality so much that they are willing to put their name on the line to fight for it, like the protesters peacefully taking to the streets to object.

It takes bravery and courage to speak up when a fascist regime is trying to control the country and her people. Each person who speaks up spreads a ripple of hope. Each person standing up matters.

We all know what can happen to anyone speaking up, including protesters, bloggers, journalists, celebrities and judges — some are being used as an example, in an effort to silence The People. But when we band together, when we come together peacefully to say NO, WE DO NOT CONSENT, it is much harder for illiberal forces of autocracy to win.

The conclusion of this fight is not forgone. We have not lost the battle. We have only just begun.

British Politics

A year in power: The cabinet on their proudest wins and favourite moments

Daniel Green

One year since Labour returned to power, the government has begun in earnest the task of turning the party’s manifesto pledges into policy and undoing the ruin of more than a decade of Conservative rule.

As we mark the anniversary this week, LabourList has been asking a string of cabinet ministers over the past few weeks to reflect on what they’re proudest of achieving over the last 12 months.

‘Seeing Waterloo billboards light up with the Great British Railways logo’

Heidi Alexander is the Secretary of State for Transport

There have been a couple of standout moments, but by far my favourite was the Great British Railways takeover of Waterloo station on the morning the first publicly owned South Western service departed.

“Seeing every billboard light up with the logo and hearing the announcement ring out around the station really drove home the hard work we are doing to rebuild a rail network people can rely on and one that is fit for the 21st century.

‘Justice for mineworkers shows the difference politics can make’

Ed Miliband is Secretary of State for Energy and Net Zero

One policy I am particularly proud of in the first year is that this government delivered justice for the mineworkers affected by the Mineworkers’ Pension Scheme scandal.

Over 100,000 former mineworkers will receive a share of £1.5 billion of money that was kept from their pensions, overturning an historic injustice and ensuring fair payouts for years to come. Now, that scandal ends, and the money is rightfully transferred to the miners.

This is the difference politics can make- and a testament to the campaigners who fought tirelessly over the years.

‘Turning the page on years of neglect in arts, culture and creativity’

Lisa Nandy is the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sports

I’m proud that in our first year, we’ve turned the page on years of neglect by investing in arts, culture and creativity in every part of the country.

Under the Tories, arts, music, culture and creativity was erased from the curriculum and our communities. Our towns and villages lost their libraries, theatres and museums and the arts became the preserve of a privileged few.

Through our Creative Industries Sector Plan and Arts Everywhere Fund, we’re reversing that decline. We’re handing power to communities, backing their talent, institutions and ideas that make up the cultural life of this country – in every part of our country. 

That’s how we drive investment and growth, and open up the arts to a generation of young people again.

‘Seeing Scottish Labour’s 36 MPs battling for their communities’

Ian Murray is the Secretary of State for Scotland

At the election last year, Labour asked Scots to stop sending a message to Westminster and send a government instead and Scotland delivered 37 Labour MPs to the government benches.

Scottish MPs on those Labour benches have delivered massively for working people already – a pay increase for 200,000 Scots, pensions justice for 7,000 Scottish mine workers, £150 discount on energy bills for over 500,000 Scottish families and the biggest ever budget settlement for the Scottish Parliament – £50 billion this year and an extra £9.1 billion over the next threat years.

That’s before the hat trick of trade deals which slash tariffs on Scottish whiskey and salmon, establishing GB energy owned by the public and in Aberdeen, the £200 million for Acorn development, the £750m for the UK’s national supercomputer to eb based in Edinburgh and £1.4 billion of local growth funding for Scottish communities that the Tories promised but never allocated a penny towards.

But the thing that makes me most proud looking back at the past year is seeing those 36 MPs battling for their communities. For a decade, Scotland had too many MPs who were only interested in their next tweet, not what was actually happening in their constituencies. Now we have 37 Scottish MPs at the heart of this Labour government, and this time next year we will have a Scottish Labour government at Holyrood too, led by Anas Sarwar as First Minister.

Subscribe here to our daily newsletter roundup of all things Labour – and follow us on  BlueskyWhatsAppThreadsX or Facebook.

‘Port Talbot, money for public services and infrastructure funding for Wales’

Jo Stevens is the Secretary of State for Wales

Photo: @JoStevensLabour

Firstly, Port Talbot steelworks and the steelworkers and their families – in ten months, we have managed to get £80m out of the door to help people, businesses, supply chains and regeneration projects in Port Talbot. That £80m was promised by the previous government, by the Tories, and was completely unfunded.

Secondly was the Autumn Budget, delivering the biggest budget settlement to the Welsh Government in the history of devolution, which has meant that they were able to invest hundreds of millions of pounds more into public services, and as a consequence of which, we saw waiting lists coming down in Wales for four consecutive months – the longest waits reduced by two-thirds, making a real difference to people on the ground.

Thirdly, the historic announcement in terms of nearly half a billion pounds of rail infrastructure money for Wales, reversing that underinvestment that we’d seen in the previous 14 years. Money for coal tips to keep people safe in our former mining communities, and local growth funds over £850m going into communities up and down Wales. Because of a multi-year spending review, Welsh Government have now got £5bn more to invest in our schools, our hospitals, transport, local councils – so it just shows you the benefit of two Labour governments working together.”

‘Labour’s showing this will be the most nature-positive government in history’

Steve Reed is the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

The Tories left Britain with record levels of sewage poisoning our rivers, lakes and seas. In just one year, Labour has banned water bosses’ unfair multi-million pound bonuses, ringfenced customers’ money so it can no longer be diverted to pay shareholders’ dividends, and secured £104bn private sector funding to fix our broken sewage pipes. Labour is clearing up the Tories’ toxic mess with sewage pollution set to be cut almost in half over the next five years.

Britain is one of the most nature-depleted countries on Earth with half our bird species and a third of our mammal species facing extinction. Labour is turning the corner on nature’s recovery with the biggest budget in history for nature and sustainable food production. We’ve reintroduced beavers into the wild 400 years after they were hunted to extinction. We’ve banned bee killing pesticides so our pollinators and bird populations can recover. We’re planting millions more trees, a new national forest, and restoring peatlands that capture carbon and protect the environment.

Our land-use framework will rewild whole landscapes while protecting the best agricultural land for nature-friendly food production, and our food strategy will put healthier food on people’s plates so we can end the scandal of rising food-bank use and childhood obesity.

With our seas choked by plastic pollution, we’ve committed to sign the Global Oceans Treaty to protect the high seas, and we’re banning destructive bottom trawling in our marine protected areas to protect underwater life on the sea beds.  We’re tackling the throwaway society by moving towards a circular economy where materials are reused instead of discarded, and we’re tackling career fly-tippers by using drones to hunt them down so we can seize and crush their vehicles.

Labour is already showing that this will be the most nature-positive government in history.

Politics Essential Iain has short black and grey hair. He wears a suit with shirt and tie.Iain Watson

Political correspondent

Hello and welcome to Politics Essential.

After Zarah Sultana announced she was quitting the Labour Party to work with Jeremy Corbyn, a new left-wing party seems likely to come into being. There are still questions, however, about its policy, its leadership and its name. My analysis on what it means for Labour – and other parties – below. ‌
Plus, the BBC speaks to people in Birmingham about how they’re coping after six months of bin strikes. And test your knowledge with our quiz. If you’d like the team to answer your questions about politics, email us at politicsessential@bbc.co.uk

More questions than answers over new left-wing party

Corbyn said “the democratic foundations of a new kind of political party will soon take shape”.

On the anniversary of Labour’s landslide victory, the attention is moving towards a previous Labour leader. The MP Zarah Sultana – who was suspended from the parliamentary Labour Party – has announced that she has jumped ship to co-lead the founding of a new left-wing party with Jeremy Corbyn. That, however, seems to have come as news to him.‌

Talks have been going on under the political radar for some time to turn the small group of independent MPs, co-ordinated by Corbyn, into an actual political party which could stand candidates at the local elections next year. But as I understand it, the question of leadership and the exact timing of the announcement hadn’t been settled when Sultana made her declaration. Corbyn praised her for leaving Labour, but has said “discussions are ongoing”.‌


Despite the difficult gestation, it seems likely a new party will be born. But this won’t be a reincarnation of the previous Corbyn project. Key figures on Labour’s left are not showing any signs of departing, including the former shadow chancellor John McDonnell – despite being currently suspended from the Labour whip. The chair of the Labour Party under Corbyn – Ian Lavery – told the BBC he didn’t intend to leave. That said, he believed there was a “huge appetite” for an alternative to the mainstream parties.‌

But how would a new party fare? We have to be cautious about polling. More In Common recently tested the sort of support a party to the left of Labour would have – specifically one led by Jeremy Corbyn. It suggested it could pick up 10% of the vote – reducing Labour’s standing by three points but far more dramatically eating into support for the Greens, which would fall from nine points to five points in the polls.‌

But we still don’t know what this new party’s policy programme would be; its leadership isn’t settled; and we don’t yet know if there would be a ‘non-aggression’ pact with the Greens – where they wouldn’t stand against each other in certain seats.‌

Independent MPs were elected last year in areas where voters felt Labour wasn’t taking a strong enough line on Israel’s actions in Gaza. We don’t know how resonant that issue will be at the next election, four years away.‌
But where Starmer’s strategists might be concerned, is that a new left-wing party might just reduce the Labour vote by enough in some seats to allow a second-placed Reform UK to sneak home. And Labour may have to be more mindful that it can lose votes on the left and not just the right.‌
The essential: The danger for Labour isn’t so much the direct loss of seats from a new left-wing party, but that its vote may be eroded in areas where Reform UK or the Conservatives might benefit.

Australian Politics

ACT chooses ‘care over cruelty’ by raising the age of criminal responsibility to 14

Advocates are urging other jurisdiction to follow the ACT’s lead and stop jailing kids as young as 10.*

In a historic move, the Australian Capital Territory has become the first jurisdiction in the country to raise the minimum age of criminal responsibility to 14 – a significant reform celebrated by legal advocates, health experts and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander leaders.

From July 1, children under 14 in the ACT can no longer be charged, prosecuted, or imprisoned under the criminal legal system, except for a limited number of excluded offences.

The change comes as part of a two-stage reform passed in 2023, which first raised the age from 10 to 12 and now to 14.

The Aboriginal Legal Service (NSW/ACT) welcomed the milestone, commending the ACT Government for a decision grounded in research and community wellbeing.

“This reform will keep more children where they belong: in their homes, communities, schools, playgrounds and sports fields, supported to thrive rather than being dragged through court and languishing in youth prisons,” ALS chief executive Karly Warner said.

“Evidence shows the younger a child is at first contact with the legal system, the more likely they are to keep coming back into contact with police and courts and to experience adult imprisonment.

“That’s why raising the age of legal responsibility to 14 is a commonsense move not only for children but for all members of our communities.”

While praising the ACT’s leadership, Ms Warner urged further reform, calling for the removal of exceptions that still allow children to be criminalised under certain circumstances.

The change follows decades of sustained advocacy from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities, health professionals and legal experts, who have long highlighted the harms of early criminalisation, particularly for Indigenous children, who remain disproportionately affected by the system.

A call for national action

Advocacy organisations, including Change the Record, the Justice and Equity Centre and the Human Rights Law Centre, also welcomed the reform, and called on all other jurisdictions to follow suit without delay.

“Every child deserves to grow with connection, not be locked up in prison cells,” Jade Lane, Change the Record chief executive, said.

“The ACT reforms are a crucial step toward choosing care over cruelty, especially for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children, who are disproportionately targeted by police and the so-called justice system.”

Ms Lane urged other jurisdictions to end harmful, punitive youth justice practices and invest instead in community-led solutions that support young people.

“This change in the ACT signals a well-overdue time to invest in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children to thrive, not trap them in cycles of criminalisation,” she said.

Maggie Munn, First Nations director at the Human Rights Law Centre, said the reform sets a precedent for the rest of the nation.

“Our kids deserve to thrive, not be caged in police watch houses and prison cells. This is a positive step forward which means that more children in the ACT will be cared for, rather than pipelined into prison,” Munn said.

“We call on every state and territory government to do the right thing for kids and communities, and raise the age of criminal responsibility to at least 14, with no exceptions.”

Chief executive of the Justice and Equity Centre Jonathon Hunyor told NITV that locking up children cruels their chances and takes them away from positive influences.

“What we do is place kids in a situation where they build criminal capital – they go to the university of crime,” he said.

“They get taught that they’re criminals and told that they’re criminals – and that’s exactly what we produce.

“So it’s very easy to talk tough and be all hairy-chested about being tough on crime, but the fact is, it’s not working, it’s never worked, and it’s never going to work.

“Unless we actually invest in kids, we invest in communities, we invest in solutions, we’re just saying the same stuff over and over again.”

Australia still lagging behind international standards*

Despite the ACT’s progress, Australia remains out of step with international human rights obligations.

The United Nations has repeatedly called on Australia to raise the minimum age to 14 “without exception,” citing evidence that children aged 10 to 13 lack the developmental capacity to be held criminally responsible.

Mr Hunyor said that raising the age is a catalyst for changing systems, taking the emphasis from criminalisation, from police and prisons, to where it can make a difference.

“And that’s intervening early, supporting children and families from a much younger age than even 10 so that problems that lead them to commit criminal offences don’t materialise or, if they do, that kids can get back on the right track,” he said.

“So it’s all the obvious stuff that we should be investing in community services, after school activities, mentoring for young people, mental health support and there’s support for families.

“We address things like homelessness and a lack of housing, disability supports that we need in our communities

“They’re all the things that we know are going to make a difference.”

Communities had a right to be angry that government is not investing in them and not investing in people’s capacity to do better, Mr Hunyor said.

“Instead, we park at the bottom of the cliff, we wait for kids to fall off, we chuck them in the paddy wagon, and we drive them back up and let them out again, and the whole cycle starts again,” he said.

“It’s just a ridiculous approach that we’re taking.

“And until more people look at the evidence like they are in the ACT, we’re not going to get better outcomes.”

In NSW, Queensland, and South Australia, the age of criminal responsibility remains at 10.

The former Northern Territory Labor government raised the age to 12 but when the Country Liberal Party swept to power in August last year, one of the first act’s of Lia Finocchiaro’s new government was to lower it back to 10.

Victoria has also kept the age at 10, and while that state has passed legislation to raise it to 12; the change has not yet been implemented and also includes new police powers targeting children as young as 10 and breaks a promise from former Premier Dan Andrews to raise the age to 14 by 2027.

Tasmania has committed to raising the age to 14 by 2029, while in Western Australia, the government has voted to raise the age to 14, but implementation is still pending.

“Kids deserve a childhood free from cages and isolation,” Ms Lane said.

“It’s time the rest of the country caught up.”

*This article was posted on Facebook by Jocelynne Scutt. She observes: ‘Remains at 10 years in the UK despite EU’s efforts at persuasion to have it raised … ‘. This suggests that Australia, as is the case for the UK, ‘out of step with international human rights obligations’.

Total Control – televison series’ representation of the issue

Episode 5 Episode #3.5 50 mins Determined to reform youth justice, Alex (Deborah Mailman) pushes forward with her radical plan in the House of Representatives. The amendment was opposed by the conservative Opposition.

*The television series, Total Control, adopts this issue in Series 3, episode 5. Deborah Mailman’s character, an Indigenous Member of Parliament, is successful in amending a law-and-order bill to raise the age of legal responsibility from 10 years of age to fourteen years of age. This episode first aired on February 11, 2024.

Record number of Indigenous students graduate but education gap remains

By National Education and Parenting Reporter Conor Duffy

Australian education’s racist past is not ancient history for teacher and proud Gamilaroi woman Jenadel Lane, but part of living memory and family lore.

“My mum who is alive still today, she always tells the story of the darker you were, the further down the back of the classroom you were,” said Ms Lane, the Deputy Principal at Dubbo College Senior Campus.

“So, it didn’t go on your intelligence, it went on the colour of your skin.”

Today, Ms Lane is at the heart of writing a more inclusive chapter in Australian education.

Her work was instrumental to Dubbo College having the highest number of Indigenous students graduate year 12 last year.

Figures supplied exclusively to ABC News by the NSW Education Department show these students were part of a record number of 1,934 students statewide to graduate.

Gamilaroi woman Jenadel Lane
Gamilaroi woman Jenadel Lane is the deputy principal at Dubbo College Senior Campus. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

“We had the most Koori kids that completed year 12, we had a few Koori kids that actually received high marks in their HSC. And we’re hoping that that’ll be bigger next year,” Ms Lane said.

“We still have kids that are coming through that are the first to graduate in their families. That’s uplifting.”

Last year’s graduating class included Ms Lane’s daughter, Retori Lane, who is this year studying to become a teacher.

“I’ve wanted to be a teacher since I was pretty much a baby because I’ve watched my mother help guide people and impact young children, especially Indigenous kids,”

Retori said.

“Some people, especially Indigenous kids, they have a really low self-esteem and don’t really understand what they can do.”

Retori Lane
Retori Lane is studying to become a teacher.  (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

Jenadel Lane puts her school’s success down to a strong team that fosters cultural connections, pride and a sense of belonging, partnering each Indigenous student with a mentor.

The school also has cultural captains, leaders in the student body like Selwyn Kelly who can inspire other students.

One of 10 children, Selwyn has overcome challenges most teenagers can’t imagine.

For the last five years he’s lived in an Aboriginal hostel in Dubbo almost 400 kilometres away from his family in Bourke. And that’s left him feeling a loss of connection to family and culture.

Cultural captain Selwyn Kelly
Cultural captain Selwyn Kelly says he is proud to be a leader at Dubbo College. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

“Going back on Country it means a lot to me,” Selwyn said.

Selwyn has come to love school, which he said turned him from an introvert to a confident, outgoing young man.

“It makes me feel proud of who I am and where I come from and my role as a leader at the school. I’m feeling really good about that because I’ll be the second person in my family to graduate year 12,” he said.

He hopes to pursue a teaching degree at university next year.

Cultural captain Kolorah Newman
Cultural captain Kolorah Newman says she wants to become a police woman when she finishes school. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

This year’s female cultural captain, Kolorah Newman, is also blazing a trail and hopes to become a police woman when she finishes school this year.

“I want to go into the police force to help Aboriginals within the community with law. Obviously a lot of people haven’t been treated right. I want to change that,” she said.

Until 1972 Indigenous students could be excluded if a parent complained

In parts of Australia there has been a backlash to Welcome to Country and Acknowledge of Country which Dubbo College prioritises.

But Jenadel Lane points again to recent history to demonstrate why there is a need to foster a sense of inclusion for Indigenous students.

Ms Lane was inspired to be a teacher by her grandmother Delma Trindall, a non-Indigenous woman who met and married her grandfather.

Delma Trindall
Jenadel Lane’s grandmother Delma Trindall inspired her to be a teacher. (Supplied)

She said the family lived in fear of welfare authorities at a time when authorities opposed these unions.

“My dad tells the story of why his parents were droving so much when he was a child and it was to keep them all together, because the welfare was after him and his siblings,” Ms Lane said.

That promise she made to her grandmother Delma, known as Delly, inspired her through her own challenges with racism.

“I think that’s why Aboriginal people do what we do in education, in any institution for that matter, it’s to re-build that trust,” Ms Lane said.

Dubbo College students sit in a group.
Dubbo College had a record number of Indigenous students graduate year 12 last year. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

It was just one of many stories of exclusion.

Professor Melitta Hogarth from the University of Melbourne also knows its sting.

She was born in New South Wales in 1974, just two years after the end of a policy called exclusion on demand.

The policy began in 1902 and could see Indigenous children kicked out of school if a single parent complained.

“Parents were able to put in complaints to principals to say the health and wellbeing of their own children were under duress because of Aboriginal children being in class and hence exclusion on demand,” Professor Hogarth said.

Professor Melitta Hogarth from the University of Melbourne
Melitta Hogarth said there were many policies that excluded Indigenous people from education. (ABC News: Patrick Stone)

She said it was just one of many policies across Australia that excluded Indigenous people with impacts still being felt today.

“What that does is it means the schooling system is seen as not for us and it’s carried on through an intergenerational understanding that education is a place we’re going to struggle,” she said.

Over decades governments have worked hard to overcome this history but system-wide success in schools remains elusive despite investments in the billions.

A student smiles and points.
Dubbo College tries to foster a sense of inclusion for Indigenous students.  (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

The Indigenous Advancement Strategy announced in 2020 by the Commonwealth government allocated $1.24 billion for children and schooling over three years.

Last year, the federal government announced a further $110 million spend over four years to accelerate closing the education gap.

On top of that, state governments often have their own annual initiatives in the tens of millions.

Despite these investments most statistics still show a large achievement gap which Professor Hogarth said had implications later in life.

A student paints on a canvas.
Students at Dubbo College are encouraged to embrace cultural connections and a sense of belonging. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

“What it means is these kids are going to have trouble going beyond year 10. Quite often we see that the transition into senior secondary is not as high for Indigenous students,” Professor Hogarth said.

“It limits the kinds of futures they can imagine for themselves.”

She said Indigenous people needed to be more involved in solutions.

Catherine Liddle, the CEO of SNAICC, a national voice for Indigenous children, said the achievement gap started young.

“Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children are nearly twice as likely as non-Indigenous children to fall behind in developmental milestones before starting school,” Ms Liddle said.

Indigenous dancers at Dubbo College Senior Campus
Indigenous dancers take part in a cultural ceremony at the Dubbo College Senior Campus. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

“We know that when our children start school behind, it’s harder for them — and for their teachers — to catch up. That shows up in results like NAPLAN, where Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children are failing at four times the rate of their non-Indigenous classmates.”

Ms Liddle said in remote areas as many as 90 per cent of Indigenous students weren’t meeting literacy and numeracy benchmarks.

She welcomed new government initiatives in early childhood education with one caveat.

“We need genuine partnerships with Aboriginal community-controlled organisations (ACCOs) to deliver early education services that are culturally strong, locally driven, and proven to work,” she said.

Teacher Jenadel Lane sits with her daughter Retori.
Jenadel Lane (left) and her daughter Retori are invested in working towards a brighter future for Indigenous students. (ABC News: Billy Cooper)

Back on the ground at Dubbo College Senior Campus, Jenadel Lane agrees it’s the secret sauce for writing a different history.

“Definitely recommend having someone who’s a go-to for every kid. Every Koori kid, they need a person that they can go to, either a mentor or for academics and wellbeing, but they need a go-to that can manage, support, motivate, inspire and push,” she said.

Australian Politics

Anthony Albanese to champion ‘Australian independence’ within US alliance

By foreign affairs reporter Stephen Dziedzic

Anthony Albanese will use a speech lionising Labor prime minister John Curtin to champion Australian independence within the US alliance, saying the legendary wartime leader is remembered “not just because he looked to America” but because he “spoke for Australia”.

The speech comes at a delicate moment in Australia’s key strategic relationship. The federal government is grappling with an unpredictable White House, along with uncertainties over the administration’s tariffs, the AUKUS pact, and the US’s trajectory under President Donald Trump.

On Saturday night the prime minister will deliver a speech at the John Curtin Research Centre marking the 80th anniversary of the former prime minister, who is often called the “father” of the Australia-US alliance.

John Curtin
Anthony Albanese praises John Curtin for turning to the US in the wake of Britain’s defeat in Singapore in 1942.  (Supplied)

Successive Labor prime ministers have claimed the alliance as a signature achievement for ALP foreign policy, and have lavished praise on Curtin for turning to America in the wake of the United Kingdom’s catastrophic defeat in Singapore in 1942.

While Mr Albanese will praise the alliance as a “pillar” of Australian foreign policy and the nation’s “most important defence and security partnership” he will also say that it was “product” of Curtin’s leadership and “not the extent of it”.

“Curtin’s famous statement that Australia ‘looked to America’ was much more than the idea of trading one strategic guarantor for another, or swapping an alliance with the old world for one with the new,” he is expected to say.

“It was a recognition that Australia’s fate would be decided in our region.”

The prime minister will also say that Curtin recognised that Australia realised that its security “could not be outsourced to London, or trusted to vague assurances from Britain”.

“We needed an Australian foreign policy anchored in strategic reality, not bound by tradition,” he will say.

“So we remember Curtin not just because he looked to America. We honour him because he spoke for Australia.”

Mr Albanese will also praise Curtin for withstanding pressure from both Roosevelt and Churchill to send Australian troops returning from the Middle East to Burma, rather than back home to defend Australia.

He will say that if the US and UK got their way, “hundreds if not thousands of Australians would have been killed, or taken prisoner” as Japanese forces took Burma, and John Curtin’s assertion of sovereignty prevented “a disaster every bit as crushing to national morale as the fall of Singapore”.

The prime minister will also seek to frame his government as the inheritor of Curtin’s economic agenda, comparing the government’s moves to bolster manufacturing to Curtin’s wartime industrial program.

How bold will Albanese be in his second term?

While the Albanese government has doubled down on the AUKUS pact and its ambitious plan to develop nuclear powered submarines with the United States, it has also expressed deep frustration over the Trump administration’s so-called Liberation Day tariffs, pushed back against Washington’s demand that Australia radically increase defence spending, and fretted privately about the impact of the massive cuts to US aid programs.

And while Mr Albanese has had three phone calls with Mr Trump, he is yet to have a face-to-face meeting with the president since the US leader departed the G7 in Canada early ahead of American strikes on Iran.

‘Easily the most significant’ speech

James Curran from the University of Sydney told the ABC the speech was “easily the most significant” one Mr Albanese had delivered in office.

“It’s significant not just for the way in which Albanese invokes the Curtin legend, but the time in which he is doing it — when Australia is again under significant pressure from a great power to adopt policy courses not necessarily in Australia’s interests,” he said.

“He says Curtin’s wartime leadership was fundamentally about the defence of Australian sovereignty, that it was about safeguarding Australia’s security in the Pacific, and that Curtin, like other Australia leaders before him, was all too aware that great powers can play fast and loose with Australian interests. That it was simply not an option to rely on assurances from London or Washington as the basis for making Australian policy.”

Professor Curran said Mr Albanese was using the Curtin story to send a signal to both Washington and to Australians that “being in a close alliance does not mean you cannot stand up for Australian self-respect and self-regard”.

“[Also] that leadership is as much about tending to the domestic hearth and what we have built here as it is in safeguarding the continent’s security,” he said.

Cindy Lou breakfasts with friends in Canberra

Breakfast at Kopiku is always a treat. On this occasion, it was great to see the wonderful meals that they serve – a far cry from our modest eggs on toast (sometimes with an extra).

Found on Facebook: Ida Leeson, Mitchell Librarian

Thank you, R.R.

It’s been a special week as we celebrated the unveiling of a Blue Plaque honouring the life and contributions of Ida Leeson.

Ida Leeson (1885–1964) was a trailblazer who helped shape our magnificent Library. Her appointment as the first female Mitchell Librarian in 1932 was groundbreaking — no other woman had held a senior management role in an Australian library before.

Under her leadership, the Library cemented its position as the nation’s leading repository for Australian and Pacific materials. She was instrumental in acquiring nationally significant collections, including the Angus & Robertson collection.

Ida was known for her generous assistance to readers and researchers. She stood for everything we value today: public knowledge, inclusion, and the power of libraries.

We’re thrilled that Ida was nominated for a Heritage NSW Blue Plaque by Pride History Group. You can find it proudly displayed at the Mitchell.

And another thank you to M.M. who mentioned on Facebook that Sylvia Martin had written a biography of Ida Leeson. This comment led me to finding the following interview from the Speaker Series.

Speaker Series Inner West Council, NSW Government Ida Leeson: A Life Not a Blue Stocking Lady with Dr Sylvia Martin

https://www.bing.com/ck/a?!&&p=1e27ce4dba030257d952faf55d9ee1be21ab086f686f2e7e7667916aff766f74JmltdHM9MTc1MTU4NzIwMA&ptn=3&ver=2&hsh=4&fclid=13ba6e79-23c4-6e1c-257e-7a95223e6f07&psq=sylvia+martin+ida+gleeson+nsw&u=a1aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuaW5uZXJ3ZXN0Lm5zdy5nb3YuYXUvQXJ0aWNsZURvY3VtZW50cy8zMjQyMS9TeWx2aWElMjBNYXJ0aW4lMjBwb2RjYXN0JTIwLSUyMFRyYW5zY3JpcHQlMjBmaW5hbCUyMCgxKS5wZGYuYXNweA&ntb=1


Interviewer [00:00:00] Welcome to the Inner West Library Speaker series. Before we begin, I would like to acknowledge the Gadigal Wangal people of the Eora nation and pay my respects to the elders past, present and emerging. Today, we welcome author and historian Dr. Sylvia Martin, who has published widely. Our conversation will be about her award – winning biography, Ida Leeson A Life, Not a Bluestocking Lady.
Sylvia has written widely about feminist history and the neglected women in Australian history. In 1932, Ida Leeson became the first female librarian at Mitchell Library amidst a male dominated climate. Tying in with the podcast today. I would like to mention the large LGBTQI collection at Inner West Libraries and the podcast today is reflective of this collection. We have also named one of our balconies at Marrickville library after Ida.


[00:00:58] Welcome, Sylvia. Hello, Lysele. How are you? Good. How are you? Good.


[00:01:04] So what inspired you in writing the biography of Ida Leeson A Life?


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:01:11] Well, actually, a librarian inspired me. I was at the launch of my first book, Passionate Friends, which is about an Australian poet called Mary Fullerton. And her long term relationship with a woman called Mabel Singleton and her friendship with Miles Franklin. And I was at the launch of this book. And afterwards, this librarian came up to me and said, I think you should write about Ida Leeson. And I, the name, was familiar to me. And I went back and I found that Miles Franklin knew her really well. And she talked about her in her diary and in her letters. So I had a little bit of introduction and she sounded absolutely fascinating the more I looked into it. And I was fortunate enough to get the S.H. Carey Fellowship at the Mitchell Library to do my research on it.


Interviewer [00:01:59] It sounds fantastic.
[00:02:00] So when I was reading your book, I found the expression the bluestocking lady quite interesting. Could you talk a little bit about that?


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:02:09] Yeah. Yes. The Bluestocking lady was a disparaging
comment that was made by a former public librarian, John Metcalfe, who actually didn’t get the Mitchell Librarianship when Ida Leeson did. But he was promoted above her. So that’s a long story. But anyway, it was in the 80s he was retired and he made this comment about the early lady librarians, as he called them. And he said they were women who had a university degree but weren’t likely to get married. And he was really referring to women like Margaret Windeyer and Maude Fitz Harding, who were early
librarians, who came from the very upper class families. Margaret Windeyer’s father was a Supreme Court judge and Maud came from a very well known legal family, but Ida Leeson couldn’t have been further from that description. So that’s why I called her not a bluestocking lady, because she was born in Leichhardt and Leichhardt when she was born in 1885, was a very working class suburb. It was known as Struggle Town. Her father was a carpenter. And in the eighteen nineties depression, he went to Western Australia to find work and never came back. Her mother was a seamstress, so she brought up the children. There was no way that Ida was going to get to university except
under her own steam. So she got a scholarship to Sydney Girls High School and then she got a scholarship to Sydney University. And she was one of the early women graduates in 1906. And she did a B.A. in History honours and started at the public library in 1906, just after she graduated when she was 21.
Interviewer [00:04:03] That’s really, really fascinating, Sylvia. So how would you
describe Ida? Because, you know, apparently she was extraordinary.


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:04:11] Yes, she was extraordinary, she was extraordinary many ways. I mean, she was extraordinary because of her appearance. She was a very small woman. And there’s a picture of her in the front of my book. Actually, she’s sort of striding across the front of the page. She always wore a suit, a dark suit, but with a skirt and a collar and tie. And she always wore a hat and she wore a sort of a pork pie hat. And then in summer she might have worn a linen suit with a straw hat. And then she wore very sensible lace up shoes and lyle stockings. So she was she was quite unusual to look at, to start off with. And she was also extraordinary because she lived
with her partner, Florence Birch, for, well, they were together for 50 years. And she was extraordinary in her work because she was one which was certainly what we’d call today, a workaholic. She was an absolute, absolutely dedicated researcher. She, on her long service leave even when she was away on holidays in London, she found the missing Matthew Flinders log in a public record office in 1927. And she made other amazing discoveries. And, you know, yes, we certainly called her a workaholic.


Interviewer [00:05:25] So the Matthew Flinders Log is also very interesting because I actually come from Mauritius, and I do know, the story of Matthew Flinders being imprisoned on the island. I was quite fascinated reading that part. So in terms of Ida. She was very much instrumental in developing the collection and exhibitions at Mitchell Library. Yes. Why was that? Was that due to her passion or her initiative? What else can you tell me about that?


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:05:54] Well, I think it was her passion and her initiative. She was an amazing. She first started off in the Mitchell Library after she transferred from the public library when the Mitchell Library was started as a cataloguer. She learned cataloguing from the poet Christopher Brennan, who also worked there and cataloguing in those days was a pretty difficult subject. You know, it required quite a lot of research, it required her working in other languages. So she was a brilliant woman and she was just dedicated to her work there.


Interviewer [00:06:32] So I know that from your book, Ida was friendly with many people, but also she was quite stern with others. But I do remember her being very friendly with prominent people such as Miles Franklin and the Griffins.

[00:06:46] What attracted what had what attracted them to her? Well, Miles Franklin was one of the writers at the time, and she used to go into Mitchell nearly nearly every day, several days a week. She’d go in on the train from where she lived and come in and work in the Mitchell. And a lot of writers did. I mean, we might not realize today that the Mitchell Library was actually the hub of literary activity and intellectual activity in Sydney at the time that you couldn’t just go to a bookshop and buy a book. So Mitchell Library got all the new Australian books. So a lot of the writers used to actually go in to do their research, but also to read the latest writing. So many writers collected in the
library and Miles became friendly with Ida and used to bring her flowers from her garden. She’d have zinnias on her desk. And Ida also helped in proofreading, for instance, she proofread the woman I wrote my P.H.D on Mary Fullerton. She proofread a book of her poems that Miles was getting published. So there was a lot of interaction in the library.


[00:07:59] I think a very social person as well. I believe that she was very much involved in the, you know, the young theatrical productions that the Griffins put together.


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:08:10] Yes, she was. The Griffins and Ida are together because of will they come together because of Florence really. Florence Birch, Ida’s partner was a Theosophist. She was actually an anthroposothist which was the breakaway movement from theosophy. And so were Marion Mahony Griffin and Walter Burley Griffin. And Ida and Florence rented a house in Castlecrag, the suburb that the Griffins started as sort of the ideal suburb. And they lived in a Griffin house there. So that’s how they came to know the Griffins, who became very friendly with them.


[00:08:54] What’s the rest of your question.


Interviewer [00:08:55] So I think she was involved very much in doing the lighting for the productions that the Griffins put together.


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:09:01] Oh, yes, she was. She was. Yet there was the. Was an
amphitheatre in Castlecrag and Marion Mahony Griffin used to put on plays there. Florence was involved in them. And Ida was not a thespian, but there is a wonderful photo of her that’s in the Willoughby Library. And it’s reproduced in my book of Ida sitting in the audience.


[00:09:20] And she’s opened up in a winter coat and a hat and she’s holding a car headlamp at the stage to light the stage for one of the productions. Extremely eccentrically lady.


Interviewer [00:09:33] So you’ve mentioned a little bit about Florence Birch already. Could you expand more about the relationship between the two women and also how controversial that was for the time?


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:09:44] Well, it was controversial for the time, except that they just Ida just went around her way through her life. Florence was involved in everything she did. Everybody knew about her at the library. She used to bring her to functions. Florence was always there. And I don’t know that Ida ever mentioned the word lesbian, but they were an accepted couple and they were an open couple, which may have had something to do with the fact that it was very hard for Ida to get the Mitchell librarian position, although she was the most qualified for it in 1932. The word was that it was because she was a woman and that that position could never go to a woman. But I suspect that it had a bit to do with the fact that she was a lesbian as well. But anyway,
to get back to where she met Florence, I found it really hard to find out where they met this. There was nothing.


[00:10:40] Nobody remembered where they met. And I discovered that Florence worked for the YWCA in Sydney and she was a New Zealander. But she came and she worked in Sydney for the YWCA. And I looked through their records. And in 1910, Florence had a literary circle at the YWCA and Ida’s name is there. So I suspect that’s where they met. So they kind of met at a formal version of a book club, really in about 1910. And then Florence went back to New Zealand in 1912 because she got a very senior job with the YWCA there. And she opened a whole of different branches in New Zealand. She used to come back every year and stay with Ida. And then she actually retired. She
was really exhausted in 1923. So that’s quite a long time after they met. But then they moved in together for the first time and they, first of all, lived in a flat in Stanley Street just near the library. And then they moved to Castlecrag in 1930 and lived there for three years. And the rest of their lives, they lived in a flat in Kirribilli and they were together until Florence died in 1957.


[00:11:53] So as I mentioned before, obviously that was very controversial from the times. But it seems that the relationship was very strongly. Well, very strong and had a strong foundation.


[00:12:10] After Florence died a friend of theirs told me that when she met Ida just after Florence had died, she said Ida was pale yellow in colour and she asked her how she was feeling. And she said, I’m bleeding inside. So I found that incredibly touching and moving, very sad about her partner that she’d been with for 50 years.


Interviewer Yeah. Very sad as well.


Interviewer [00:12:37] Yeah. So, Sylvia, there’s been a lot of speculation about Ida’s bloomers. Can you talk about this?


Dr Sylvia Martin [00:12:46] I can. I can. There is I devoted a whole chapter at the end of the book called the spinsters bloomers Ida’s bloomers because it kept coming up. Whenever I interviewed anybody, there’s this Bloomers story would come up and others. It’s so weird. And I found out that it originated with the historian Manning Clark, who was in fact, very friendly with Ida and Florence, but he used to circulate the story about Ida’s bloomers, and he says that when Ida was the Mitchell Librarian and because she always wore a skirt, she didn’t wear slacks, but she would go up the ladder to get books and the readers would ask her to go up to the ladder because every day she had bloomers down to her knees and they would be have a different coloured bow on them. So the readers wouldn’t. It’s a complete myth. It never happened. Florence was the one who had bows and not Ida. And also Ida did didn’t go up. There was no ladder in the Mitchell Library where the Mitchell Library was then, is now the reader’s room. And the main Mitchell library was the public library. And so the old Mitchell Library didn’t have ladders to the shelves. The young readers didn’t read in. They were mainly well established researchers who read in there. And Ida wouldn’t have been climbing ladders us to fetch books for them. So I don’t know where the story comes from. But anyway, Manning Clark perpetuated it and told it everywhere. And it it’s a story that’s lived on.


Interviewer [00:14:22] How strange!

Dr Sylvia Martin [00:14:24] Well, I sort of think that Ida was a woman that men couldn’t quite cope with. They couldn’t. You know, she was such an unusual woman. And although it’s about bloomers. But she was a middle aged woman when he met her. And so it’s sort of not sexual, but it’s slightly prurient. I think it’s I think it’s a very, very weird story. And I do try to tease it out in the book. See Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog for the complete discussion.

Week beginning 2 July 2025

Katrina Lockwood The Mystery of Isabella and the String of Beads A Woman Doctor In World War 1 Loke Press, 2017.

I originally reviewed this book on the Women’s History Network blog, in 2017. A long time ago, but the approach to writing history as well as the content deserves another airing.

The back-cover blurb tells us:

‘It was the inscription that made the antique scalpels so tantalising: ‘Isabella Stenhouse’. A woman doctor? A woman doctor who was rumoured to have served in the First World War? Could Isabella have treated wounded men with these very implements? And had a grateful German prisoner of war really given her the strange string of beads that tangled round her stethoscope?  Coaxing clues from archives across Europe, Katrina Kirkwood traces Isabella’s route from medical school to the Western Front, Malta and Egypt, discovering as she travels that Dr Stenhouse was not only one of the first women doctors who worked with the British Army – she was also a woman carrying a tragic secret, torn between ambition and loyalty to her family.’

 Katrina Kirkwood’s The Mystery of Isabella and the String of Beads: A Woman doctor in WW1 is an utter joy to read.

Kirkwood has written an intriguing, historically adept account stemming from investigation of her great grandmother’s beads. As historians, we are always trying to fill in the gaps: pages or even just a page missing from a diary can slant events; sometimes events are unrecorded – we do not know all the thoughts and everyday occurrences that contribute to decisions and momentous events; there are multiple sources of evidence, some conflicting. Writers of historical fiction, if their work is well researched, come up with some plausible solutions to add to historical knowledge. Some historians speculate; others limit their work to that which can be ‘proven’. Indeed, the latter is what was called history before the 1970s expansion of history into social history. Then, recording facts ceased to be the only way in which history was written. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Dr Christopher Herbert Jane Austen’s Favourite Brother, Henry Pen & Sword | Pen & Sword History, May 2025.*

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Christoher Herbert’s history employs one of the most useful strategies when dealing with a subject for whom the material is sparse. In this case, there is an abundance of material about Jane Austen who has been the subject of so many biographies. However, Herbert does not rely solely on this and has adroitly using his independent research, bolstering it with material that sets the context for events that are not recorded. He also uses the more conventional way of contributing to research when dealing with a writer – studying the author’s work for clues. In this case, both Jane and Henry Austen’s writing. This is a work of substance, accessible writing, a broad history of the time and social mores, and an intriguing insight into Henry and his family, including Jane for whom it becomes clear, Henry was indeed her favourite brother.

There are wonderfully comic passages – the discussion of studying at Oxford and Cambridge in the period was delightful. Less attractive is the recognition of the family’s slavery connections. However, these topics and a multitude of others, including reference to Austen’s novels, provide a picture of the father of these two affectionate siblings. Valuable information about the way in which the siblings were raised and educated and the ideas that permeated their lives, is also afforded though reference to Cassandra Leigh’s background. A Thomas Gainsborough painting also provides information about the society in which the siblings were raised – a society in which Jethro Tull’s invention was a part, for example. Although wider changes in society may not feature in Austen’s novels, Herbert provides a picture that demonstrates her choice of background was one of many available to her. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

*See article below ‘For Jane Austen and her heroines, walking was more than a pastime – it was a form of resistance’, copied under Creative Commons from The Conversation.


Australian classic My Brilliant Career gets a Netflix remake*

Abe Maddison
Jun 22, 2025, updated Jun 23, 2025

The the new production of the classic story stars Philippa Northeast and Christopher Chung.

The the new production of the classic story stars Philippa Northeast and Christopher Chung. Photo: Netflix

Netflix has started production on a series based on Miles Franklin’s classic novel My Brilliant Career, creating hundreds of jobs and injecting a record $17 million into a state economy.

The streaming giant is partnering with Jungle Entertainment on the fresh take on the 1901 coming-of-age tale, which resonated deeply with a generation of young Australian women who longed for the freedom to shape their own destinies.

South Australian Arts Minister Andrea Michaels said the production, which has started filming in Adelaide and across SA, will create 450 local jobs across key creatives, crew and extras and engage 260 small businesses.

It represented the largest local expenditure of any TV series made in the state, she said on Wednesday.

Netflix has not revealed the budget for the series, which will stream globally, but the SA government said the projected economic return to the state was $17 million.

The book’s original 1979 movie adaptation – directed by Gillian Armstrong, and starring Judy Davis, Sam Neill, and Wendy Hughes – won significant critical acclaim, receiving nominations for the Academy Award for best costume design, and the Golden Globe for best foreign film.

The story follows a young woman in rural, late-19th-century Australia whose aspirations to become a writer are impeded by her social circumstances and a budding romance.

Netflix vice president Minyoung Kim said it was a “timeless Australian story with themes as relevant today as when it was originally published”.

“We’re excited to be partnering with some of Australia’s best creatives and talent to bring this story to a whole new generation on Netflix, and with its stunning locations, there’s no better home for this production than South Australia,” she said.

Writer and executive producer Liz Doran said it was “a privilege to work with so many incredible creatives on this reimagining of Miles Franklin’s rollicking tale of a young woman’s quest to determine her own life”.

Locations across the state are being transformed for the period production, with filming in the SA Film Corporation’s Adelaide Studios and across the city, the Barossa region and the South-East.

The cast includes Philippa Northeast (Territory) as Sybylla and Christopher Chung (Slow Horses) as Harry, as well as Anna Chancellor (My Lady Jane), Genevieve O’Reilly (Andor), Kate Mulvany (Hunters), Jake Dunn (What It Feels Like For a Girl), Alexander England (Black Snow), Sherry-Lee Watson (Thou Shalt Not Steal) and Miah Madden (Paper Dolls).

My Brilliant Career is the second major Netflix series to be made in SA in as many years following Outback drama Territory, which premiered in 2024.

The SAFC and Netflix have partnered to create four training roles to work on My Brilliant Career including a production design assistant, costume assistant, costume maker/machinist attachment and safety attachment.

*See Blog 11th June 2025 for a review of Miles Franklin Undercover.

-AAP

American Politics

The Week Ahead

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com> Unsubscribe

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

 Where do we go from here?

The Supreme Court dropped a bombshell on Friday. It was not unexpected, but that did not make it any less dramatic.

You’ve likely already seen that decision in Trump v. Casa, the birthright citizenship case. In a 6-3 decision, the Supreme Court held that “universal” injunctions (nationwide injunctions) exceed the power of the federal courts. The decision rejects the nationwide injunctions entered by federal district judges in three different districts that halted Trump’s efforts to end birthright citizenship. Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s majority opinion granted the government’s request to stay those nationwide injunctions, but only partially. What “partially” means here is that they remain in effect to the extent necessary to provide “complete relief” to the existing plaintiffs.

The cases themselves—this appeal involved only the question of whether the courts can order nationwide injunctions—now go back to the lower courts for further proceedings. As we’ve noted, the government cannily maneuvered to avoid bringing the substantive issue at the heart of the case, the president’s ability to do away with birthright citizenship, into the appeal. Although there were whispers about it around the edges, it wasn’t the issue. That’s up next. So it’s helpful to look at the exact relief the Court ordered. Here it is, as set forth by Justice Barrett: The Government’s applications to partially stay the preliminary injunctions are granted, but only to the extent that the injunctions are broader than necessary to provide complete relief to each plaintiff with standing to sue.

The lower courts shall move expeditiously to ensure that, with respect to each plaintiff, the injunctions comport with this rule and otherwise comply with principles of equity.

The injunctions are also stayed to the extent that they prohibit executive agencies from developing and issuing public guidance about the Executive’s plans to implement the Executive Order.

Consistent with the Solicitor General’s representation, §2 of the Executive Order shall not take effect until 30 days after the date of this opinion.

Now, we get to the part of the decision that makes it appropriate as the topic of “The Week Ahead” column. The impact of the ruling in Trump v. Casa extends beyond this case. It applies to all cases where nationwide injunctions are currently in place. It also means litigants will lose this tool as a way of countering some of the most egregious, unconstitutional steps taken by this administration. Few things that happen quickly in a courtroom. Although lawyers will still be able to obtain temporary or preliminary injunctions on an emergency basis, they will only be applicable to individuals who are identified victims and have access to a lawyer. The decision signals the loss of one of the best tools lawyers have had in their arsenal for dealing with this administration’s constitutional excesses. It is not the only tool, but it was a significant one.

Under the decision, district judges may only enter injunctive relief for the parties in front of them, or perhaps in some limited cases to larger groups where it is essential to giving the plaintiffs before the court “full relief” (stick a pin in that; what constitutes “full relief” is a question the lower courts are going to get to fairly quickly). That means individual lawsuits can be filed, districtwide injunctions may still be on the table, and some lawyers have already converted or are in the process of converting their cases to class actions.

Class actions are authorized by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. They allow one or more plaintiffs to file a case and then ask the judge for permission to proceed on behalf of a larger “class” of people who are similarly situated, have the same claims, and will be made whole by the same relief. If you’ve ever received a notice in the mail advising you of court proceedings if you had a certain kind of car or certain kind of phone, etc., during a certain period of time, you get the idea. There are different kinds of class actions, but what is envisioned here are proceedings under Rule 23(b)(2), which allows a district judge to certify a class where “the party opposing the class has acted or refused to act on grounds that apply generally to the class, so that final injunctive relief or corresponding declaratory relief is appropriate respecting the class as a whole.” In our scenario, the “party opposing the class” is the United States of America, as Donald Trump seems to systematically strip out basic constitutional and legal protections.

The class mechanism is good insofar as it goes, but it takes time, sometimes months, to certify a class. It’s a cumbersome mechanism compared to the nimble temporary restraining order. It remains to be seen whether judges will attempt to move them more quickly under these circumstances, but by their nature, they’re going to take more time. It is possible to certify a nationwide class, although, as with nationwide injunctions, there is some criticism of these devices. At the end of a class action, the outcome applies to all members of the class and binds the defendants.

To be fair, it’s not just Republicans who have questioned nationwide injunctions. Democrats looked askance as a Texas judge purported to limit access to medicated abortion. When nationwide injunctions are used to prevent the president from taking certain steps, the opposition to the decision is usually animated by politics. Justice Barrett’s criticism was grounded in our history: “Because the universal injunction lacks a historical pedigree, it falls outside the bounds of a federal court’s equitable authority under the Judiciary Act.”

The Court held that since nothing like nationwide injunctions existed at the time of the founding, the courts didn’t have the power to use them now. (In footnote 10, something else we’ll put a marker on for the future, Justice Barrett noted that “Nothing we say today resolves the distinct question whether the Administrative Procedure Act authorizes federal courts to vacate federal agency action”—this could mean there is a carve out that allows nationwide injunctions against an executive branch agency where a challenge under the APA is involved, but we’ll take that complicated subject up another day.) We can rail against her reasoning, but that is now the law. This is one of those decisions where even those who disagree with it will find a legal basis underlying it. It’s not an abrupt departure from stare decisis, or precedent, like Dobbs, the abortion decision, was.

The plaintiffs argued that “the universal injunction ‘give[s] the Judiciary a powerful tool to check the Executive Branch.’” Justice Barrett’s response was that “federal courts do not exercise general oversight of the Executive Branch; they resolve cases and controversies consistent with the authority Congress has given them.” She concluded that “When a court concludes that the Executive Branch has acted unlawfully, the answer is not for the court to exceed its power, too.”

The concern here extends beyond the ruling itself. It’s that it happened in this particular case. The Supreme Court has discretion over which cases to hear. It has had numerous opportunities over time to address the constitutionality of nationwide injunctions. The fact that it chose to hear it and issue this rule in this particular case is what is most concerning. What does it foreshadow?

The law regarding birthright citizenship is clear and well-established. Nor can Presidents rewrite amendments to the Constitution with a stroke of a pen. So why, in this particular case, where the injunctions prevent the administration from doing something that is so clearly wrong and will be so harmful—depriving newborns of citizenship—would the Court decide it’s the right time to take the step of pushing aside the injunctions? It’s hard to believe there was a sudden upswell of concern about protecting the defenseless presidency from overreach by the courts. This case will have real impacts on real people’s lives 30 days from now, and when, or rather if (because there are concerns the solicitor general will posture to keep the substantive birthright citizenship issue out of the sights of the Court) the Court decides that Trump was wrong a couple of years down the road, many people will have been damaged in ways that will be hard to undo. Not all of them will have the resources to find a lawyer and file a lawsuit of their own.

Dismissing the nationwide injunctions makes Trump’s executive order ending birthright citizenship the law of the land in 30 days, unless something else happens. And if you’re feeling some deja vu, so am I. It reminds me of when Texas passed its vigilante justice law that allowed private citizens and government officials alike to pursue women who’d had abortions in the courts, and the Supreme Court, instead of letting a decision enjoining it stay in place, told Texas, “Naw, go ahead.” That was when we saw the writing on the wall for Roe v. Wade and knew it was only a matter of time.

It’s hard to believe that could be the case here, that the Court would really sign off on a president’s ability to change the law with a wave of his newly minted magic wand (presidents didn’t have one of those at the time of the founding, but oh well). However, for those of us who didn’t believe a president was entitled to immunity from prosecution if he used SEAL Team Six to execute a political rival, well, the Supreme Court had news when it decided the presidential immunity case. Nothing is as certain as it used to be.The concern here is, of course, about more than just the ruling in Casa, it’s about what comes next. We will begin to find that out pretty quickly. Lawyers will be back in court this week, and we will watch the proceedings closely to see how district judges react to the Supreme Court’s ruling. In some ways, this is the Supreme Court putting the lower courts in their place and telling them to stay there. Justice Barrett wrote that the lower courts shouldn’t exceed their authority, even when a president does. “When a court concludes that the Executive Branch has acted unlawfully, the answer is not for the court to exceed its power, too.” That’s tantamount to saying there’s little that can be done about a president who runs amuck, except in a piecemeal fashion.

The dissents to the opinion are brilliant and sad at the same time and have been widely quoted, but I’d encourage you to read them for yourself. Sometimes, the story of a case and an understanding of the rule of law it imposes are best understood through the dissents. I find that to be the case here. Justice Ginsburg used to say that dissents are written for the future. One hopes that is the case here and there will come a time when we will listen to the Justices who wrote in dissent.

Justice Sotomayor exposes the government’s devious strategy—attacking the nationwide injunction mechanism in hopes that it can, as it now will be able to, exploit a ruling that cuts across more cases than just this one and allows it to continue dismantling democracy.

She explains:

The Government does not ask for complete stays of the injunctions, as it ordinarily does before this Court. Why? The answer is obvious: To get such relief, the Government would have to show that the Order is likely constitutional, an impossible task in light of the Constitution’s text, history, this Court’s precedents, federal law, and Executive Branch practice. So the Government instead tries its hand at a different game. It asks this Court to hold that, no matter how illegal a law or policy, courts can never simply tell the Executive to stop enforcing it against anyone. Instead, the Government says, it should be able to apply the Citizenship Order (whose legality it does not defend) to everyone except the plaintiffs who filed this lawsuit.The gamesmanship in this request is apparent and the Government makes no attempt to hide it. Yet, shamefully, this Court plays along. A majority of this Court decides that these applications, of all cases, provide the appropriate occasion to resolve the question of universal injunctions and end the centuries-old practice once and for all.…No right is safe in the new legal regime the Court creates. Today, the threat is to birthright citizenship. Tomorrow, a different administration may try to seize firearms from law-abiding citizens or prevent people of certain faiths from gathering to worship. The majority holds that, absent cumbersome class-action litigation, courts cannot completely enjoin even such plainly unlawful policies unless doing so is necessary to afford the formal parties complete relief. That holding renders constitutional guarantees meaningful in name only for any individuals who are not parties to a lawsuit. Because I will not be complicit in so grave an attack on our system of law, I dissent.”

Justice Jackson writes: “I lament that the majority is so caught up in minutiae of the Government’s self-serving, finger-pointing arguments that it misses the plot. The majority forgets (or ignores) that ‘[w]ith all its defects, delays and inconveniences, men have discovered no technique for long preserving free government except that the Executive be under the law, and that the law be made by parliamentary deliberations.’ … Tragically, the majority also shuns this prescient warning: Even if ‘[s]uch institutions may be destined to pass away,’ ‘it is the duty of the Court to be last, not first, to give them up.’”

There is no denying our democracy is in a difficult place. But do not be hopeless, and do not give up. That is, quite literally, what this administration wants us to do. If anything, this decision makes it even more important for us to continue our citizen-led democracy movement. Keep protesting, stay informed, and prepare for the midterm elections. “A Republic if you can keep it,” is now.

We’re in this together,

Joyce

P.S.: If you value fact-based legal analysis from a former United States Attorney with 25 years of experience at DOJ, I hope you’ll consider subscribing to Civil Discourse. Cut through the noise. Understand what’s really happening—and why it matters.

The Stepford Supporters: Inside MAGA’s scripted response to literally everything | Opinion

Opinion by J. Basil Dannebohm

In most cults, having an independent opinion is discouraged and even punished. Group leaders often suppress critical thinking and skepticism, viewing them as a threat to the movement’s unity and control. Members who express doubts or disagree are often viewed as “traitors” and a threat. Finding themselves forbidden from drifting off script, they are forced to parrot talking points handed down to them by the cult lieutenants.

Bertrand Rusell once observed, “As soon as we abandon our own reason and are content to rely upon authority there is no end to our troubles.”

When the TACO gestapo descended on Los Angeles to conduct ICE raids, three MAGA “influencers” – Charlie Kirk, Jack Posobiec, and Matt Walsh – all posted the same message to X within a few hours of each other:

“It’s time to ban third world immigration, legal or illegal. We’ve reached our limit and we have a huge cultural, educational, housing, financial, and essential services problem to fix now because of it. We need a net-zero immigration moratorium with a ban on all third worlders.”

It wasn’t long before MAGA armchair soldiers started posting the same message, verbatim, in comment threads across multiple platforms.

Granted, the rhetoric was far more articulate than what had been peddled by the cult leader himself. Regarding the first “50501” rallies that took place in the spring, Harris Faulkner of Fox News asked Mr. Trump, “What do you think they [protestors] need, right now, from you?”

“Protesters for different reasons. You’re protesting also because, you know, they just didn’t know. I’ve watch – I watched very closely. Why are you here? They really weren’t able to say, but they were there for a reason, perhaps,” the 47th President of the United States replied. “But a lot of them really were there because they’re following the crowd. A lot of them were there because what we witnessed was a terrible thing. What we saw was a terrible thing. And we’ve seen it over the years. We haven’t, you know, this was one horrible example, but you’ve seen other terrible examples. You know that better than anybody who would know it. And I know it. I’ve seen it, too. I’ve seen it before I was president. I’ve seen it. I think it’s a shame. I think it’s a disgrace. And it’s got to stop.”

When the second round of rallies, known as the “No Kings” protests, made headlines, it was obvious the lieutenants handed out the official response. Once again, cult member upon brainwashed cult member took to comment threads offering the same line: “If a king were in power, you wouldn’t have the right to protest.”

The French Revolution was, in part, a protest against King Louis XVI. It stemmed from widespread discontent with the monarchy’s absolute power as well as social inequalities and economic hardships faced by the common people.

It’s mildly ironic that on June 11th, just days before the protests, Mr. Trump attended a performance of Les Misérables, a musical about the French Revolution. It’s downright humorous that some patrons paid $2 million to sit in a performance box, attend a VIP reception with the President, and take a photo with him; while others paid no less than $100,000 to attend the performance, a reception and receive a photo of the demagogue.

A week or so later, following the unprovoked strike on Iran, the official response posted by the Proud Boys, Gravy Seals, and Meal Team Six read: “If you’re no longer MAGA because Trump wiped out Iran’s nuclear sites, you were never MAGA to begin with.”

Henry David Thoreau wrote, “Think for yourself, or others will think for you without thinking of you.”

Ezra Klein seems to agree.

“Trump is acting like a king because he’s too weak to govern like a president. He is trying to substitute perception for reality. He is hoping that perception becomes reality. That can only happen if we believe him,” the New York Times columnist observed.

The MAGA movement, on the other hand, believes and says what they’re told, when they’re told. Theirs is a Stepford approach. To observe this, one only needs to revisit the faces, void of emotion, that sparsely lined Constitution Avenue for Trump’s military parade-charade.

Attempting any form of dialogue with a member of MAGA is often like trying to communicate with a brainwashed clone. Whether out of fear or ignorance, they’ll rarely drift from the assigned talking points. Hence, most efforts to foster understanding are futile.

J. Basil Dannebohm is a writer, speaker, consultant, former Kansas legislator and intelligencer. His website is www.dannebohm.com. Mr. Dannebohm is a member of the Virginia Press Association and the National Society of Newspaper Columnists. He writes from the Washington DC metro in the Commonwealth of Virginia.

Secret London

The Smallest Town In England Is Less Than An Hour From London – And It’s Home To Lots Of Lovely Independent Coffee Shops And Its Own Mini Beach

Perched on the banks of the River Stour, just an hour from the capital city, is a teeny-tiny town that’s small by oh-so mighty.

 Katie Forge – Staff Writer • 24 June, 2025

Credit: Chris Heaton via Wikimedia Commons / CC BY-SA 2.0

If good things come in small packages; this teeny-tiny town must be pretty bloody brilliant. Spanning just 47 acres, Manningtree in Essex is the smallest town in England. Well, the smallest by size, that is. The smallest town by population is down in Kent – but that’s an article for another day, I suppose.

Manningtree is a charming riverside town, sat on the banks of the River Stour. Perched proudly on the edge of the Dedham Vale Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty; this small-but-mighty spot is cute, charming and steeped in history. A trio of traits that make for a pretty great day-trip destination, don’t you think?

Things to do in Manningtree

What Manningtree lacks in size, it makes for with things to do in spades. With its beautiful Georgian streets that boast an abundance of local coffee shops, cafes, and pubs; Manningtree has a vibrant community and thriving independent business scene. You could easily spend an entire day hopping from eatery to drinkery. If, however, you like to spend your days doing more than just stuffing your face (can’t relate, but fine); you need not worry.

There’s something historic, interesting, or utterly gorgeous to gawp at with every turn. There’s North House Gallery for the culture-vultures, Manningtree Emporium for the antique-fiends, Manningtree Library for the literature-lovers, and the nearby Wrabness Nature Reserve for those of you who fancy inhaling some actual fresh air and partaking in a spot of bird-watching. Manningtree also boasts its very own mini man-made beach; a small patch of sand on the banks of the river that makes for a rather popular summery swimming spot at high-tide.

Getting to Manningtree from London

Manningtree is within pretty easy reach from London, with direct and fairly regular trains from Liverpool Street taking around 55 minutes. The drive is slightly longer, taking approximately an hour and a half. But once you get to Manningtree, there’s plenty of pay-and-display parking available.

London’s Closest Sandy Beach Is On The Piccadilly Line – And It’s Hidden In A Forest Twice The Size Of Hyde Park

This vast green space, twice the size of Hyde Park, provides a stunning natural backdrop for the Lido’s sandy beach, a rare sight in the capital.

 Vaishnavi Pandey – Staff Writer • 26 June, 2025

When you think of sandy beaches near London, your mind probably drifts to the coast – Brighton, Bournemouth, or maybe even further afield. But what if we told you that the closest sandy beach to London is actually nestled deep within a sprawling 700-acre ancient woodland, just a short journey on the Piccadilly Line?

Welcome to Ruislip Lido, a hidden gem offering a unique blend of forest tranquility and seaside fun, all within Greater London’s boundaries!

Ruislip Lido is a 60-acre reservoir located on the edge of Ruislip Woods National Nature Reserve, one of the largest areas of ancient woodland in London. This vast green space, twice the size of Hyde Park, provides a stunning natural backdrop for the Lido’s sandy beach, a rare sight in the capital. The beach itself was created in the 1950s by importing sand, transforming part of the reservoir’s shoreline into a genuine sandy spot where families can relax, build sandcastles, and enjoy the feel of the seaside without leaving London.

Ruislip Lido is more than just a beach. It’s a full family spot with plenty to keep everyone entertained. Kids will love the pirate ship-themed play area complete with climbing frames and swings, as well as the splash pad for cooling off on warm days. For adults, there’s an outdoor gym to keep active, and plenty of grassy spaces for picnics or lounging.

One of the Lido’s standout attractions is Britain’s longest 12-inch gauge miniature railway. This charming little train takes visitors on a scenic loop around the lake and through the surrounding woods, offering a delightful way to explore the area without tiring little legs.

Surrounding the lido, Ruislip Woods offers peaceful woodland walks where you can immerse yourself in nature. The area is rich with wildlife and features educational planet-themed signs along the way, adding an unexpected twist to your stroll. Birdwatchers and nature lovers will find plenty to admire in this serene environment.

While the beach invites you to play and relax, swimming and boating are not permitted in the reservoir due to safety concerns such as cold water shock and underwater hazards. Fishing is allowed seasonally with a licence, but check local guidelines before planning your trip.

How to access London’s closest beach
Ruislip Lido Beach
Photo: @wisemanbrian

Getting to this hidden beach is surprisingly simple. Take the Piccadilly Line to Ruislip Station, then hop on one of the local buses (H13 or 331) that whisk you directly to the Lido. The entire journey from central London takes about an hour, making it an ideal day trip for city dwellers craving a bit of sun and sand without the hassle of long travel.

Parking is available but limited, so public transport is recommended. There are also cafes and restaurants nearby where you can grab refreshments and recharge after a day of outdoor fun.

Ruislip Lido offers a rare chance to enjoy a sandy beach experience without leaving London’s borders, all set against the backdrop of an expansive ancient forest. Whether you’re building sandcastles, riding the miniature railway, or simply soaking up the peaceful woodland atmosphere, it’s a perfect spot for families, nature lovers, and anyone seeking a refreshing break from city life.

So next time the sun shines and you crave the beach, remember: London’s closest sandy shore is just an hour away on the Piccadilly Line, waiting to be discovered in the heart of a 700-acre forest.

Cindy Lou eats at My Rainbow Dreams

It is years since I ate at My Rainbow Dreams, but it certainly will not be years before I eat there again. I had forgotten the freshness of the salads and the flavoursome meals. It was also wonderful to reacquaint myself with the friendliness and efficiency of the staff. I had a lentil burger – the right amount of spice in the burger and an excellent satay sauce which did not overwhelm the freshness of the salad. My friend had a haloumi burger which was reasonably successful, with a delicious sauce and tabouli accompanying the haloumi. Unfortunately, that was a little leathery, but certainly not inedible. The drinks were delicious.

The Conversation *

June 26, 2025

Author Nada Saadaoui PhD Candidate in English Literature, University of Cumbria

Nada Saadaoui does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

For Jane Austen and her heroines, walking was more than a pastime – it was a form of resistance

In Pride and Prejudice (1813), when heroine Elizabeth Bennet arrives at Netherfield Park with “her petticoat six inches deep in mud”, she walks not only through the fields of Hertfordshire, but into one of literature’s most memorable images of women’s independence.

Her decision to walk alone, “above her ankles in dirt”, is met with horror. “What could she mean by it?” sneers Miss Bingley. “It seems to me to show an abominable sort of conceited independence.” And yet, in that walk – unaccompanied, unfashionable, unbothered – Elizabeth reveals more about her spirit and autonomy than any parlour conversation could.

For Austen’s heroines, independence – however “abominable” – often begins on foot. Elizabeth may be the most iconic of Austen’s pedestrians, but she is far from alone. Across Austen’s novels, women are constantly in motion: walking through country lanes, walled gardens, shrubberies, city streets and seaside resorts.

These are not idle excursions. They are socially legible acts, shaped by class, decorum, and gender – yet often quietly resistant to them.


This article is part of a series commemorating the 250th anniversary of Jane Austen’s birth. Despite having published only six books, she is one of the best-known authors in history. These articles explore the legacy and life of this incredible writer.


Fanny Price, the often underestimated heroine of Mansfield Park (1814), is typically seen as timid and passive. Yet beneath her reserved exterior lies a quiet but determined spirit.

“She takes her own independent walk whenever she can”, remarks Mrs Norris disapprovingly. “She certainly has a little spirit of secrecy, and independence, and nonsense about her.” Austen’s choice of “nonsense” here is revealing: Fanny’s desire for solitude and self-direction is not revolutionary, but it is gently subversive. In a world offering women little room for self-assertion, her steps become acts of resistance.

When Jane Fairfax, constrained by class and circumstance in Emma (1815), declines a carriage ride, she asserts: “I would rather walk … quick walking will refresh me.” It’s a seemingly modest decision, but one layered with significance. To walk is to control your own movement, to maintain autonomy and resist the genteel suffocation of being constantly observed or helped.

In Persuasion (1817), Anne Elliot’s story shows walking as a path to renewal. Reserved and long burdened by regret, Anne finds restoration in the coastal air of Lyme Regis. As she walks along the Cobb, Austen notes that “she was looking remarkably well … having the bloom and freshness of youth restored by the fine wind … and by the animation of eye which it had also produced”.

Her emotional reawakening is framed as a physical one. Walking becomes not only therapeutic but transformative – a way back to herself.

Not all of Austen’s walks are reflective or restorative. Some are decidedly social. Lydia and Kitty Bennet’s frequent walks to Meryton in Pride and Prejudice, for example, are driven as much by shopping as by the hope of romantic encounters.

Austen notes the “most convenient distance” of the village, where “their eyes were immediately wandering up in the street in quest of the officers”. These girls were more interested in uniforms than in bonnets.

Yet even this behaviour hints at something subtler. For young, unmarried women, shopping and social errands were among the few socially sanctioned reasons to move independently through public space. These excursions offered moments of visibility, mobility, and the possibility of courtship – however frivolously pursued.Kitty and Lydia walk to Meryton in order to encounter the officers.

Catherine Morland of Northanger Abbey (1817), a devoted reader of gothic fiction, fuses her walks with imagination. As she strolls along the Avon River with the Tilneys, she muses: “It always puts me in mind of the country that Emily and her father travelled through in The Mysteries of Udolpho.” Walking becomes an act of imaginative projection, where the boundaries between fiction and reality blur in the mind of a heroine learning to navigate both the world and herself.

Jane Austen the walker

Austen’s fiction draws much of its vitality from her own experiences. She was, by her own admission, a “desperate walker”, rarely deterred by weather, terrain or propriety.

Jane Austen in a watercolour painting, facing away from the painter
A watercolour of Jane Austen by her sister Cassandra, showing her looking out to sea. It was painted while they were on holiday in Lyme Regis in 1804. Wiki Commons

Her letters, written from Bath, Steventon, Chawton and elsewhere, capture the physicality and pleasure of walking in vivid, often playful detail. These glimpses into her daily life reveal not only her attachment to movement but also the quiet autonomy it afforded her.

In 1805, Austen writes from Bath: “Yesterday was a busy day with me, or at least with my feet & my stockings; I was walking almost all day long.” Several years later, in 1813, she reports with unmistakable relief: “I walked to Alton, & dirt excepted, found it delightful … before I set out we were visited by several callers, all of whom my mother was glad to see, & I very glad to escape.”

Perhaps most revealing is an earlier letter from December 1798, in which Austen describes a rare solitary excursion: “I enjoyed the hard black frosts of last week very much, & one day while they lasted walked to Deane by myself. I do not know that I ever did such a thing in my life before.” The comment registers the novelty and boldness of a woman walking alone.

In an age where walking is once again praised for its physical and mental benefits, Austen’s fiction reminds us that these virtues are not new. Her characters have been walking for centuries – through mud, across class boundaries and against expectation.

They walk in pursuit of clarity, connection, escape and self-hood. Their steps – measured or impulsive, solitary or social – mark turning points in their lives. And in a world designed to keep them stationary, their walking remains a radical act.

This article features references to books that have been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on one of the links and go on to buy something from this website, The Conversation UK may earn a commission.

*Republished under Creative Commons License

2025 Canberra Writers Festival Schools Day!

The program for the inaugural 2025 Canberra Writers Festival Schools Day is now live, and bookings are open.

Featuring bestselling and award-winning YA authors Jack Heath, Tegan Bennett Daylight, Lili Wilkinson, and Lisa Fuller. The day will be filled with storytelling, critical thinking, and creative exploration. 

When: Thursday 23 October 2025
Where: National Library of Australia
Who: Years 9-12 students
Cost: $20 per student | 1 free teacher per 25 students | $15 optional writing workshop

View the Schools Day Program here. 

We can’t wait to welcome students to this exciting new program!

And we’re on the countdown to launch the full festival program in the coming months – stay tuned!

Book Now

Interested in Volunteering at CWF? 
Volunteers play an integral role in the coordination of the Festival and are an important part of the team. Canberra Writers Festival values the skills and the time generously contributed by our volunteers each year. You’ll get the chance to meet new people, make friends and learn new skills in a creative, fun environment.

The Canberra Writers Festival seeks enthusiastic and motivated individuals to volunteer at the festival. The festival could not take place without the generosity of our strong team of volunteers whose invaluable commitment allows us to deliver a spectacular event.  

Volunteer opportunities before and during the festival are available across a range of areas: 
– Artist Services and Program 
– Development and Administration 
– Front of House 
– Marketing and Sales 
– Production and Venue Management

 
Apply Now

Week beginning 25 June 2025

Man Who Has It All Flipping Patriarchy Imagining a gender-swapped world Unbound, March 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Imagine not having to search through Facebook posts to enjoy page after page of admonitions and guidance which are mischievous on the surface, but so sharp. So sharp indeed that amongst my laughter and enthusiasm to read more there is a gut-wrenching understanding that, yes, this is truth telling that hurts. This book provides all that at your fingertips, no searching, just a dip or two and you have your comic aside from the Man Who Has It All’s ability to see the patriarchy, its foibles, foolishness and its brutality, and make the reality behind the humour glaringly apparent. At the same time, there are explanations of the principles behind the comments. This is both engaging and enraging, inspiring laughter, and distress, but also inspiring: just imagine if everyone could understand, if only a little, what this author is demonstrating.

Claire, CEO, and her husband, Liam feature, together with Facebook respondents’ reflections on Liam’s shortcomings. Sympathy for Claire abounds, that for Liam is couched in admonitory terms. Then comes, Not Just a Pretty Beard, and reference to the TV makeover show, 10 Years Younger in 10 Days. But is a makeover the answer? Where should responsibility for a woman’s improved appearance lie, asks Man Who Has It All? Read the alternative, it is worth it. As is Liam’s predicament when confronted with the need to follow the principles outlined in the original program. List after list of items for him to accomplish. Familiar?

Well worn ‘jokes’ about women are challenged in a serious chapter that must impinge on most of us. How often, to return to the introduction, have we wanted to be nice, to leave horrible behaviour and words unchallenged? This book tells the truth – they are women hating jokes. Which, of course, when flipped, are easy to see them for what they are. Raising, of course, the question, why? The section on ‘Proper Satire’ is a joy to read. And heart breaking.

There is a bibliography, and notes for each chapter. Both make excellent additional reading, with descriptions of the sources adding valuable information about the further reading that sounds accessible and engaging.

While reading the Facebook version of this writer’s work is both fun and infuriating, the warmth that I felt for this courageous and moving writer while reading Flipping Patriarchy was new. As she suggests, take the book in short bursts, I did this, to my relief. Relief, because reading such a strong advocacy for women and a changed world is not necessarily an easy read. But, lest this seems too serious, it is loads and loads of fun too.


Man who has it all’s post


Man who has it all

22 March ·

Thank you Robin Joyce for this review of Flipping Patriarchy on Goodreads (abbreviated below). I nearly shed an actual tear. This is exactly what I wanted the book to be. If you haven’t got round to ordering it yet, most shops have stock back in now. Amazon has 11 copies left.

⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ 5 out of 5 stars

Julie Ann Sipos Horrible Women, Wonderful Girls A Jaycee Grayson Novel Dartmouth Park | Independent Book Publishers, May 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

I should have taken more notice of the title. I would have then established that ‘horrible women’ refers to the real women with whom Jaycee Grayson interacts, and that ‘wonderful girls’ is a brand of doll. If I had done so I would have been prepared to be disappointed in the negative depiction of women and their manoeuvrings to stay on top in a competitive environment. Of course, even the most fervent feminists of us recognise that all women are not perfect, that indeed some are horrible. However, a premise that only recognises dolls as wonderful, and that female supporters are rare, makes for a difficult read for me. As it only gradually dawned on me that this was the inspiration, I was well into the book, so determined to finish it. I am glad that I did, because even with the drawbacks, at times I enjoyed the read, and I ended up wanting to know how Jaycee fared. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

The Assassin: Keeley Hawes drama is a milestone for menopause on screen

Published: July 30, 2025 10.27pm AEST

Author: Beth Johnson, Professor of Television & Media Studies, University of Leeds

Disclosure statement

Beth Johnson does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

University of Leeds provides funding as a founding partner of The Conversation UK. View all partners

Republished under –

CC BY ND

Keeley Hawes’s new Channel 4 and Prime Video drama, The Assassin, introduces a premise that feels both bold and overdue. It follows Julie (Hawes), a menopausal woman, overlooked and emotionally stalled, who worked as a hitwoman in her youth and unexpectedly comes out of retirement to return to the profession.

It’s pulpy, stylised and laced with dark humour. But beneath the genre trappings lies something more striking – a cultural pivot in how menopause and midlife womanhood is being written and visualised on British television.

Historically, menopause has been television’s silent transition. Onscreen, it was something female characters either didn’t have, didn’t talk about, or, when acknowledged, were mocked for. Sitcoms of the 1980s and 1990s, such as Birds of a Feather or Absolutely Fabulous, played menopausal symptoms for laughs.

In drama, menopause tended to arrive invisibly: women stopped being protagonists, were subtly phased out of storylines, or returned only as wives, mothers, or medical cases.

Television has always been shaped by industry ideas about youth, sex appeal and marketability – ideas that left little room for midlife women unless confined to supporting roles – or contained within the domestic, ensemble structures of soap operas.

While shows like New Tricks (2003), Last Tango in Halifax (2012) and Call the Midwife (2012) gradually shifted the dial, menopause itself remained offscreen: considered either too niche, too biological, or too awkward to dramatise.

What The Assassin offers is not just a menopausal character, but midlife as premise. Rather than sidelining her life stage, the show lets its rhythms – emotional turbulence, internal chaos, flickers of disorientation, flashes of wit and a deep, simmering strength – seep into the storytelling itself.

The story ties her hormonal shifts to emotional volatility, a sense of personal invisibility, fractured family life and existential grief. And then she snaps. But it’s not collapse; it’s re-ignition. She becomes lethal — not in spite of midlife, but because of it.

I research the way midlife female protagonists are presented in British television drama. I’ve recently written about Russell T. Davies’ work in particular, arguing that his dramas (such as It’s a Sin, 2021, and Nolly, 2023) reclaim neglected figures by placing their emotional complexity and cultural marginalisation at the centre.

Nolly offered a compelling reappraisal of Noele Gordon (played by Helena Bonham Carter), the soap star unceremoniously dumped from her own show – a decision now widely understood to be rooted in sexism and ageism. Davies refused to let her disappear quietly, instead making her menopause-era strength and defiance the dramatic core of his show.

Similarly, my work with Professor Kristyn Gorton on Sally Wainwright’s series Happy Valley (2014) explores how Catherine Cawood (played by Sarah Lancashire) embodies emotional realism, grief, rage and midlife fatigue – not as flaws, but as substance. These female characters don’t just react to events; they are the story. Their emotions are not incidental but generative, propelling the narrative, shaping its tone and demanding audience recognition.

The Assassin fits this trajectory. It joins a growing body of British TV that blends genre hybridity with emotional and political resonance. Like Killing Eve (2018) or I Hate Suzie (2020), it uses the structure of the thriller to think critically about gender, ageing and identity.

The menopausal hitwoman is, of course, a metaphor as much as a plot. She is rage personified: a woman no longer governed by the social niceties that often temper female representation. She’s also funny, erratic and uncontained.

A menopausal reckoning

Importantly, The Assassin doesn’t simply celebrate her transformation. It stages it as messy, uncomfortable and morally complex. This is menopause not as a redemptive arc but as a reckoning, with a body that’s changing, a past that won’t stay buried, and a society that prefers women neat, young and silent.

There’s still work to do. British television remains far more comfortable exploring middle-aged male protagonists than women in the same life stage. But what’s changing, and what I frequently explore in my research, is the tone and ambition with which female midlife is now being scripted. Where menopause was once a punchline or absence, it’s becoming a story. And not just any story, but one shaped by genre, irony, feeling and risk.

Thanks to its long-form, visual medium, television can explore the ordinary in ways that resonate deeply, from the exhaustion of grief to the frustration of being dismissed. Menopause, long under-explored, offers rich dramatic territory: emotional volatility, bodily transformation, the redefinition of self. What The Assassin understands is that these aren’t signs of decline. They’re tools of narrative power.

By giving us a menopausal character who is central, subversive and narratively in control, The Assassin signals a broader shift. It reminds us that midlife is not an endpoint, but a site of potential – for drama, for comedy and for cultural critique. British television is, at last, beginning to give menopause the storylines it deserves.

Women’s History Network 33rd Annual Conference

“Hidden in Plain Sight: Women in Archives, Libraries and Museums’

4 -5 September 2025

Fragments, Silences, Dust. The 33rd annual conference will explore and celebrate women in the archives, libraries and museums and the challenge of uncovering their presence. We encourage approaches that foreground marginalised voices and imaginative approaches. Papers which address aspects from all time nations and time periods are welcomed.

More details about the conference, which will be online, and how to submit an abstract are available https://womenshistorynetwork.org/the-womens-history-network-annual-conference/ .

The inner voice of women’s self-loathing

Millie Hill – May 9, 2025

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more.

Building a positive relationship with your own reflection can be a life’s work.

 On the red carpet at the Met Gala on Monday, Pamela Anderson looked the male gaze straight in the eye and said, “Deal with it”.

And some of them didn’t deal with it very well.

She has been described as ‘make up free’, but even a cursory glance can see that this isn’t the case. As far as I can see, she’s wearing foundation, blush, lipstick, mascara and minimal eye make up, and eyebrow pencil.

It’s interesting how this isn’t enough.

A post shared by pamelaanderson@pamelaanderson

As I write this next paragraph, I realise it’s completely habitual at this point to make some comment myself about how she looks – whether the haircut suits her; whether the dress designer should be fired; whether she looks her age, or more, or less; how she looked then, versus how she looks now. At 57, she and I are in the same decade, and I feel like for my whole life I have been trained to look at other women and critique them. My dear dad, who would have been 99 on the day of this week’s Met Gala, would crack jokes all the time about women in the public eye: “She’s a bit long in the tooth for me”, he would say about any woman over 30 (even when he was beyond his own middle age). Older, less attractive women who had television careers, for example Esther Ranzen, he would say he ‘could not stand’. I’d feel like I was betraying his confidence and his memory a little bit by telling you this, if it weren’t for the fact that I know that you too will have had men you loved who remarked on the appearance of women on the telly, and that like me, you probably joined in at times. “What the heck is going on with her hair?”; “I’m not sure that jacket is doing her any favours”; “She’s put on a few pounds”, and so on, and so on. Maybe their comments weren’t even particularly ill intentioned – my dad’s weren’t. But the point is – they made comments. And so you learned that how women look is something to comment on. As women, we do this to women, and worst of all, we do it to ourselves. Today I had a photographer come to the house from the Times newspaper, an experience that ought to be fun, but that threw me into a complete spiral of negativity about my face, my body, my clothes, my hair, and even my house.

You could see this attack of anxiety as something else that women are doing wrong, something else we should find ourselves ridiculous for. But the fact is, we’ve been trained to think like this. When you see how our culture responds to any woman in the public eye, you can see how self-loathing really is the most obvious and natural default. It’s not just Pamela. Women who have the surgery, women who don’t; women who age naturally, women who don’t; women who lose the weight, women who don’t; confident women, insecure women; younger women, older women; women with multiple partners, single women; the mothers, the child-free; face full of make-up or none – whatever we do and whatever choices we make we will be critiqued in a way that men will never experience.

We internalise all this and then, when we stand in front of the mirror or the camera, unsurprisingly, there it is – our own negative inner voice. We have built this voice, brick by brick, out of every negative comment we have ever heard about other women. And now it’s huge, and it’s our own. And suddenly it’s not Pamela or tonight’s newsreader whose outfit or face we’re loving to hate, it’s ours. “What does she think she looks like?” “She loves herself a bit too much, doesn’t she?” “Gravity went to work on that one I guess” “Is it the outfit that’s lumpy, or her?” It’s like we swallow swallow swallow all the comments we hear about other women and then we kind of vomit it out all over ourselves.

As a mum, I have tried really hard not to teach my own daughters this habit of self-loathing, although I am sure they have been busily learning it all from the rest of the world. I know I’ve not been perfect at it, but I’ve attempted not to make constant derogatory comments about my own appearance – and over nearly two decades of parenting, it’s amazed me how much self-censorship this has entailed. It’s shocking how often I’ve had to stop myself from saying in front of them how fat, ugly, old or downright disgusting I (or other women) look, sometimes in that ‘jokey’ way, sometimes for real. As they’ve grown into teenagers I’ve been a bit more honest with them about the odd relationship that I and all other women have with our bodies, but when they were little I would subversively compliment my reflection in front of them, just to plant seeds. “Wow, you look amazing!”, I’d say to myself in the mirror. I didn’t mean a word of it – I usually thought I looked awful, and it was thinking that, that would remind me to try and break the cycle. I did it for them, because it was definitely too late for me.

All of this is a gigantic waste of our time and a drain on our energy. In The Beauty Myth, Naomi Wolf writes that, “Dieting is the most potent political sedative in women’s history; a quietly mad population is a tractable one.” Being preoccupied with how we look means we spend hours, and often much of our earnings, trying to change and improve ourselves – and it sometimes means we say no to opportunities because we hate ourselves so much. I nearly said no to the photographer. I literally had to have a word with myself. And no wonder I was scared. It’s not just about self-loathing. Don’t try to reassure me that people won’t critique how I look when my face is in the Times. When I got ‘cancelled’ in 2020, my femaleness was a key factor. No doubt how I looked also played its part. At some point people will have loathed me because I was young and thin and beautiful, and now those same people can loathe me because I’m middle aged and not so thin or beautiful any more. How I look can and will be used against me. My face and body can be a battleground, not just for the warring factions of my own psyche, but for those who want to tear down women like me, or just women in general.

Amidst all of this, Pamela Anderson’s zero fucks attitude is a powerful statement. She was in the back of my mind today as I waited for the photographer to turn up. It’s not the first time I’ve had my picture taken by a professional, and each time I have, I’ve noticed a pattern: I absolutely hate the pictures…until about five years later, and then, I look at them again, and I think, ‘Oh!’. When I view them with the distance of time, I realise I actually looked, not necessarily lovely or beautiful, but just ‘me’. The photos look just like me. There’s an element of also thinking, ‘wow, I looked great when I was 35’, etc. But that’s not the whole of it. It’s not just a question of ‘wishing I still looked like that’. It’s more a sense of acceptance, that somehow I wasn’t able to reach when I first saw the image. So today, I decided to try and bring that sense of acceptance forward a few years. And I looked at the pictures on the photographer’s laptop, and I thought: “Yup, that’s me. That’s how I look at this point in my life. I accept myself”. And I have to say I never thought a star of Baywatch would play such a role in my life. Thanks for showing up to rescue us from drowning in self-loathing Pamela!

See you next time. x

Australian Politics

The Conversation

June 10, 2025 6.07am AEST

The Racial Discrimination Act at 50: the bumpy, years-long journey to Australia’s first human rights laws

Azadeh Dastyari Director, Research and Policy, Whitlam Institute, Western Sydney University
Disclosure statement

Azadeh Dastyari does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

Partners – Western Sydney University provides funding as a member of The Conversation AU; View all partners

Published here under CC BY ND

On June 11, Australia marks 50 years since the Racial Discrimination Act became law. This important legislation helps make sure people are treated equally no matter their race, skin colour, background, or where they come from.

But the act didn’t happen overnight. It took nearly ten years for Australia to follow through on the promises it made to the world to fight racism when it signed the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination in 1966.

When Australia first signed that agreement, it still had laws and attitudes shaped by the White Australia Policy.

Even after Australia started moving away from the White Australia Policy, federal leaders held off on making anti-racism laws. They weren’t sure it was allowed under the Constitution, worried about the cost, and didn’t want to upset the states. Many also feared that Australians wouldn’t support it.

It took the courage of Gough Whitlam, Australia’s 21st prime minister, to pass Australia’s first anti-discrimination law. Between 1973 and 1975, Whitlam and his government made four attempts to pass laws against racial discrimination. The act was the result of their fourth try – this time, it worked.

An uphill battle

The first time the Racial Discrimination Bill was introduced was in 1973, it was alongside a Human Rights Bill. Together, they were part of a bigger plan to give people in Australia more rights and fair treatment.

People had mixed feelings about the idea of a law to protect individual rights. Most of the concern was about the Human Rights Bill, but some also doubted whether a Racial Discrimination Act was needed.

There was debate about whether it would really work or just be a symbolic step, and whether or not it would take away from people’s freedoms.

In the end, the 1973 bill lapsed and did not become law.

The Whitlam government reintroduced the bill twice more in 1974, once in April and then again in October.

The April version added protections for immigrants and focused more on conciliation and education, but it wasn’t debated before an election.

Gough Whitlam stands at a lectern and speaks to a crowd.
Gough Whitlam speaking at the proclamation of the Racial Discrimination Act in 1975. The National Archives of Australia

The bill returned in October with minor updates, mainly to strengthen education efforts and clarify that it used civil, not criminal, enforcement.

Still, it was withdrawn in early 1975 because of ongoing political instability.

The 1975 Racial Discrimination Bill was the Whitlam government’s final, and successful, push to make laws tackling racism.

Familiar debates

Labor MPs backed the 1975 version of the bill, highlighting its importance for Indigenous people and other marginalised groups.

But the Liberal–Country Party Coalition, then in opposition, pushed back hard.

While the opposition claimed to support equality, they questioned the legal basis of the bill, feared it gave too much power to the race relations commissioner and warned it might threaten free speech.

Some opposition voices, especially in the Senate, went further, downplaying racism altogether. Senator Ian Wood claimed Australia was “singularly free of racial discrimination”.

Senator Glen Sheil argued immigration was the issue:

Australia over recent years has adopted an immigration policy that has allowed the immigration into this country of blacks, whites, reds, yellows and browns […] because of these problems, once again created by governments, we are now faced with this Racial Discrimination Bill. In my opinion if this bill is implemented it will create more discrimination, not less.

The opposition successfully weakened the bill by removing several key parts, including:

  • criminal penalties for inciting racial discrimination
  • the ability of the commissioner to start legal proceedings in court or ask a court to make someone give evidence
  • and criminal penalties for publishing, distributing or expressing racial hostility.

Despite these setbacks, the Racial Discrimination Act passed.

Change takes time

Even with all the compromises, the passing of the act was a major moment in Australian history.

As Whitlam acknowledged:

it is of course extraordinarily difficult to define racial discrimination and outlaw it by legislative means. Social attitudes and mental habits do not readily lend themselves to codification and statutory prohibition.

The act has not erased racial discrimination, nor is it perfect.

It continues to spark debates and needs to be further strengthened to meet the changing needs of our society.

However, the laws have been used in real cases to protect people’s rights, shown the federal government does have the power under the Constitution to make laws about human rights, and has sent a strong message that everyone deserves to be safe and free from discrimination, regardless of their race, colour or national or ethnic origin.

The story of the Racial Discrimination Act is a reminder that real change takes time, resolve and tenacity.

While the laws finally passed, the Human Rights Bill introduced alongside it in 1973 did not.

More than 50 years later, Australia still does not have a national Human Rights Act. As more people call for stronger human rights protections in our laws, the Racial Discrimination Act stands as both a reminder of what progress can look like and a challenge to imagine what bold leadership could achieve today.

A Human Rights Act is now needed more than ever to protect those most at risk. It will take the same political will, moral clarity, and bravery that brought the Racial Discrimination Act to life.

Digital News Report: Australia 2025 University of Canberra’s News and Media Research Centre

Kelly White

While television remains king for Australian news consumption, social media is quickly catching up, with podcasts close behind, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) chatbots entering the scene.

Television remains the most popular news source for Australians at 37 per cent, but social media’s dominance continues to grow, and this year, for the first time since the Australian survey began, social media platforms have overtaken online news (26 per cent vs 23 per cent) as a main source of news.

When it comes to social media, the preferred channels for news remain divided based on generational differences.

Facebook remains the top social media platform for news consumption overall at 38 per cent (up 6 percentage points from last year), but Instagram is the most widely used platform for news among 18-24s at 40 per cent, up five percentage points from last year. TikTok is being used as a news source by more than one-third of 18–24-year-olds, up a whopping ten percent points since 2024.

This year, one in ten Australians reported using podcasts and six per cent using AI chatbots to get news in the week prior to the survey. X and WhatsApp recorded strong growth in news use as well.

Artificial Intelligence made gains in trust this year. Now, one in five Australians say they are okay with AI producing their news with little human oversight – up four percentage points from last year. However, the majority of Australians (54 per cent) remain somewhat or very uncomfortable with AI produced news.

Women and men continue to have differing preferences in news consumption. Women tend to be lighter consumers of news across all platforms except for social media. Only 44 per cent of women access news more than once a day, which is 23 percentage points lower than men. Women are also much less likely to use newer forms of news, such as podcasts and AI chatbots.

Despite Australians rating online influencers and personalities as a major misinformation threat (57 per cent) – making Australians’ concern about influencers the highest globally – people continue to turn to them as a source of news, particularly young people who use TikTok.

Other misinformation actors, as rated by Australians, included activists (51 per cent), foreign governments (49 per cent), Australian political actors (48 per cent), and news media and journalists (43 per cent).

This year for the first time, participants were asked how trust in news could be improved, revealing six key areas for improvement: more facts and accuracy (26 per cent), less bias and opinion (24 per cent), more breadth and depth in reporting (17 per cent), greater transparency and accountability (15 per cent), increased verification (9 per cent), and more independence from commercial and political interests (9 per cent).

There’s still a strong demand for local news in the information landscape. In fact, interest in local news has risen five percentage points since 2020. Among different local information types, stories about crime and accidents are the most popular (54 per cent), followed by local information services such as bus timetables and weather (41 per cent) and local events and activities (36 per cent).

When asked about which online platforms pose a major misinformation threat, 59 per cent nominated Facebook, followed by TikTok (57 per cent), X (49 per cent), Instagram (42 per cent) and YouTube (35per cent).

When people encounter misinformation, 39 per cent report turning to trusted news sources to check the veracity of the information.

“This represents good fact-checking practice, which is key to navigating a complex media environment,” said lead researcher Professor Sora Park.

For the first time in 2025, DNR measured how many respondents had received formal literacy education – revealing that only a quarter of Australians have.

“Only one in four Australians say they have received training about how to use and understand news,” said Professor Park.

“These people are also more likely to pay for news, trust the news and have a higher interest in it.”

While citizens are navigating misinformation, governments too are examining their role in the information economy and news landscape.

DNR Australia 2025 reveals that Australians are divided on how to tackle harmful content online, particularly when political affiliation is accounted for. 32 per cent of right-wing news consumers in Australia believe too much content is being taken down on social platforms, compared to 18 per cent of left-wing news consumers.

The News and Media Research Centre has run four additional concurrent research projects during the 2025 Australian Federal Election, investigating the impacts of news, misinformation, social media and political advertising, and studying the diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) messaging in political discourse.  Email nmrc@canberra.edu.au to be added to our mailing list for updates on the results.

You can access the full Digital News Report: Australia 2025 here.

Why we still need a women’s prize for fiction

Published: June 16, 2025 12.04am AEST

As we make summer reading lists, some of us will turn to lists of prize winners for recommendations.

One influential prize, the Women’s Prize for Fiction, recently celebrated its 30th award winner, The Safekeep by Dutch writer Yael van der Wouden.

The international prize honours the best novel by a woman written in English and published in the United Kingdom. The prize, first awarded in 1996, was founded after no women writers made the 1991 Booker Prize shortlist.

Considering that fiction by women now regularly makes the shortlists of major prizes, it seems timely to ask: do we still need a prize dedicated to women?

We explored this question by creating a new dataset containing information on 15 British literary prizes, with demographic information for 682 shortlisted and winning authors. Our analysis of the dataset shows how there is still a ways to go before women’s writing is valued — awarded, remunerated and read — equally to men’s.

Who wins what prizes?

We are four research collaborators affiliated with the University of Alberta’s Orlando Project, a project that harnesses the power of digital tools and methods to provide new knowledge about feminist literary scholarship. The Orlando Project has published a searchable digital archive with original coding that focuses of women’s relationship to literary production.

Percentage of women winners of 15 U.K. literary prizes between 1990 and 2022. (Author provided)

Women won just eight per cent of the prizes in our dataset in 2003, whereas they won 53 per cent in 2012. But that increase plateaued in 2012, and for the next decade it held steady at a running average of 45 per cent. As well, we note no steady linear progression upwards or downwards on average, but there were highs and lows (21 per cent in 2016 followed by 64 per cent in 2017).

Booker winners

Some fluctuation in the winners’ genders is, of course, to be expected. But as is apparent by looking at the percentage of women winners year to year, we should not assume things will always get better.

Other insights from our dataset suggest caution is required in assuming women’s fiction is now equally valued by the literary establishment.

Thirty-nine per cent of Booker shortlisted writers were women, but women have only won 32 per cent of the time. The claim that we don’t need a prize for women since many recent shortlists have been dominated by women needs to be tempered with the fact that while women have made up 57 per cent of the Booker’s shortlist since 2016, only 33 per cent of winners have been women.

Gender and genre

While we expected some differences between genres, we were surprised by just how gendered certain genres are. Seventy-one per cent of the winners of the (now defunct) Costa Children’s Book Award were women, whereas women only constituted 21 per cent for the British Science Fiction Award and 31 per cent for the Crime Writers Association Gold Dagger Award.

Non-fiction writing — which includes history, political science, sport and current affairs — remains male-dominated: the Baillie Gifford award, which bills itself as “U.K.’s premier annual prize for non-fiction books,” has one of the higher percentages of winners who are men, at 67 per cent.

Race and ethnicity

Our dataset includes demographic information on race and ethnicity. It shows that amplifying women’s voices is not simultaneously connected with amplifying all women’s voices.

The Women’s Prize may have succeeded in pushing the Booker to include more women’s fiction (from zero shortlisted when the Women’s Prize was announced in 1990, to 26 per cent when it made its first award in 1996, to 58 per cent in 2022). But the Booker marginally out-performed the Women’s Prize in relation to racialized writers over the period of our dataset (26 per cent for the former, 22 per cent for the latter).

A recent book on white literary taste concentrates on the Women’s Prize to show how prizes in general are part of a literary eco-system that is racially biased.

Fiction reading not as valued as used to be

We also question what it means that women’s fiction has greater visibility at the same time when fewer and fewer people, and especially men, read fiction.

Using Nielsen BookScan data, the Women’s Prize 2024 Impact Report points to statistics on fiction authorship and gendered readership: women published 57 per cent of the top 500 bestselling novels in 2023, but while women constitute 44 per cent of readers of the top men’s fiction, men only account for 19 per cent of readers of fiction by women.

The fact that fewer people are reading fiction at the same time that women are winning more awards, could suggest we are witnessing a repeat of the familiar pattern in women’s history where, at the same historical moment when women achieve dominance, or increase, in a field, and it becomes “feminized,” the field as a whole loses its value or prestige. Examples are family medicine or humanities professors.

Pattern around gender and genre

The Orlando Project’s research on 800 years of women’s writing in Britain reveals a pattern around gender and genre when in comes to remuneration and literary prestige. Genres where women writers dominate, like children’s literature and romance, tend to be the least lucrative.

a book.
Novels were the literary genre that paid the least in Jane Austen’s day. (Charlotta Wasteson/Flickr)

Novels in the time of Jane Austen illustrate the point. Before Walter Scott and other male writers developed a highbrow “serious” Victorian novel over what they saw as trashy romances, women writers temporarily dominated fiction like they do today. As one of us has argued, when women writers published more novels than men did in the 1790s, novels were the literary genre that paid the least.

There remains a gender pay equity gap in writing: British women earned 58.6 per cent of what men did in 2022, mostly because the genres they chose to write in do not garner the highest earnings.

Rewarding women authors

One way to answer our question of whether we still need a Women’s Prize is this: we will no longer need it when women begin to dominate prizes for prestige genres such as non-fiction; when men read as much writing by women as that by men; and when we pay authors as much as football players.

So far, we’re not there. We therefore celebrate that in 2023, the Women’s Prize added a new award in non-fiction to address that genre’s gender disparityThe Story of a Heart by practising palliative care doctor Rachel Clarke won this year.

We encourage readers to take all the Women’s Prize-winning and nominated books to the beach this summer.

The New York Times

Nonfiction

Her lawyers urged that she keep her testimony short. With legal victories in hand, she’s sharing her life story, and what it was like on the stand.

A photograph of E. Jean Carroll.
E. Jean Carroll’s “Not My Type” is both a memoir and a scrapbook of the two trials in which she accused President Trump of sexual assault and defamation.Credit…Sarah Blesener for The New York Times
Alexandra Jacobs

Alexandra Jacobs

June 17, 2025

NOT MY TYPE: One Woman vs. a President, by E. Jean Carroll


We already know that E. Jean Carroll looked smashing when she went to court versus Donald J. Trump. But her irrepressible voice was, necessarily, repressed.

For 27 years, with countless exclamation points and emphatic italics, Carroll wrote the “Ask E. Jean” column for Elle magazine, focusing on the perils of modern dating. Advice columns, a quaint holdover from the heyday of print you’d think ChatGPT would make redundant, remain curiously ubiquitous.

Yet even in a crowded field, this adrenalized agony aunt, currently on Substack, stands out, with her giddy feminism (her tuxedo cat is named Vagina T. Fireball); literary references (the Great Pyrenees dog: Miss Havisham); and runaway retro expressions like “egads!” and “twitpiffle.”

Testifying in depositions and two trials, however, Carroll was instructed by her lawyers to keep her answers short. “Very, very short,” she writes in “Not My Type,” a delightful full-gallop account of the experience, and sequel of sorts to “What Do We Need Men For?” (2019), in which she first accused Trump of assaulting her in a Bergdorf Goodman dressing room. “I receive the impression that saying nothing at all would be best,” she adds.

Now she is saying pretty much everything, including a few evidentiary morsels not introduced at trial. Like that Jeffrey Epstein, Trump’s friend, had heard and gossiped about what had happened. And a 1987 “Spy 100” issue listed Bergdorf dressing rooms in an article about places for “lunchtime adultery.” The man the magazine called a “short-fingered vulgarian” was among those on the cover.

Trump has plenty of his own insults at hand, of course. Indeed the title “Not My Type” is taken from one about why he never would have advanced on the unconsenting Carroll: “No. 1, she’s not my type.” (He did, however, mistake her in an old photo for one of his exes, Marla Maples.) “No. 2, it never happened,” he added. “It never happened, OK?”

Last Friday, an appeals court rejected his bid for a redo.

This is the cover of “Not My Type,” by E. Jean Carroll.

Carroll may not have yet received the combined $88.3 million awarded to her in damages — over $100 million with compounded interest — which she vows here to donate to various causes the president hates.

But with transcript excerpts, morning routines and packing lists (à la the canonical one by the author she calls Saint Joan Didion), she has produced a trial scrapbook that is also a memoir of love and friendship, a photo party, a movie set and — though sprinkled with social media posts — a mash note to Ye Olde New Journalism. She is a Tom Wolfette armored in a “navy-blue Dior-inspired Zara suit” and Revlon’s Toast of New York lipstick, punctuating her observations with a “whoooooooosh!” and a “Swaaaaaaaaaaaaak!”

She notes the Trump lawyer Joe Tacopina’s schmancy tailoring and muscular physique — “leaning a left buttock — as pumped as a tetherball — against the jury box.” She compares the defendant variously to “a finely aged Troy Donahue,” “an elderly gigolo” and, as the wind ruffles his famous coif, Barbara Stanwyck.

A mock jury summoned to prepare her for the trial perceived Carroll as a member of the elite. “How anyone can think a hick raised in sticks so deep the hick is still pulling twigs out of her hair 80 years later is ‘elite,’ is beyond me,” she writes.

Maybe because she savors words like “velutinous” (her attorney warned her against more than three syllables). And because she insists one government chamber resembles a Busby Berkeley ballroom, and she can handily compare the Benadryl recommended by friends concerned about her insomnia to the orange juice laced with whiskey pressed upon Gussie Fink-Nottle in P.G. Wodehouse’s “Right Ho, Jeeves.”

Raised in a redbrick schoolhouse in Fort Wayne, Ind., Carroll — former sorority girl, cheerleader, beauty pageant survivor — began pitching story ideas to magazines when she was 12. Esquire accepted her first article when she was 37. “Can you imagine the relentless, insane, glorious, hot, blistering beat-yourself-up, plow-ahead, never-say-die enthusiasm that drives a woman to go on and on and on through a blizzard of blunt editors’ numbing ‘Nos’ for 25 years?” she marvels. (Honey, I fold after 25 seconds.)

Carroll took Fran Lebowitz camping for Outside, became Playboy’s first female contributing editor and chewed acid with Hunter S. Thompson for an appropriately gonzo biography, wherein she assumed the alter ego of a virginal ornithologist named Miss Laetitia Snap, who was interested in Thompson’s peacock collection.

This adventuresome, anything-goes spirit, Carroll writes, also led her to accept Trump’s suggestion that they visit the lingerie floor of Bergdorf’s, a store with dressing rooms so capacious that Jackie Kennedy used them to pore over manuscripts after lunch when she was an editor at Doubleday.

“Hey, you’re that advice lady,” she remembers Trump saying when they ran into each other in the lobby.

“Hey, you’re that real estate tycoon.”

And before long, she testified, after stroking a fur hat Dr. Evil-style and suggesting some personal shopping, he had pulled down her tights and was “rummaging” and worse in her private parts.

Carroll had attended a Pi Beta Phi pledge dance on the arm of the future basketball star Tom Van Arsdale — “O! I simply adored Tom Van Arsdale!”— and married twice. Among her lovers were the actors Ben Vereen and Richard Harris and the gadabout journalist Anthony Haden-Guest. But after Trump’s attack, she writes, she stopped having sex. “It’s like when shopkeepers pull down the metal grate to secure the store,” she told a trauma specialist. “Little Jeanie who was so boy crazy her whole life just shut it down.”

If only Bergdorf’s had pulled down that grate. But then this book would not exist, topping off Carroll’s whipped-cream oeuvre like a slightly bruised but still buoyant maraschino cherry.

NOT MY TYPEOne Woman vs. a President | By E. Jean Carroll | St. Martin’s | 368 pp. | $30

Alexandra Jacobs is a Times book critic and occasional features writer. She joined The Times in 2010.

See more on: E. Jean CarrollDonald Trump

British Politics

How did my MP vote on assisted dying?

Data journalism team BBC

MPs have voted to legalise assisted dying in England and Wales after their final debate on the change in the law.

After months of deliberation and scrutiny, the Terminally Ill Adults (End of Life) Bill was backed by 314 votes to 291, a majority of 23.

MPs were given a free vote on the issue, meaning parties did not instruct them what to choose.

The third reading of the bill was the last opportunity for MPs to approve or reject it.

The majority in favour has more than halved since MPs first backed proposals to legalise assisted dying in England and Wales.

In November they supported it by 330 to 275, a majority of 55.

Prior to that, it had been almost a decade since the House of Commons had voted on the issue, deciding in 2015 to reject the “right to die” law.

The bill now passes to the House of Lords for further scrutiny.

The Terminally Ill Adults (End of Life) Bill was introduced by Labour MP Kim Leadbeater.

It proposed letting terminally ill people end their life if they:

  • are over 18, live in England or Wales, and have been registered with a GP for at least 12 months
  • have the mental capacity to make the choice and be deemed to have expressed a clear, settled and informed wish, free from coercion or pressure
  • be expected to die within six months
  • make two separate declarations, witnessed and signed, about their wish to die
  • satisfy two independent doctors that they are eligible – with at least seven days between each assessment

The bill has since been amended following the committee and report stages, where it was scrutinised line by line by MPs.

Some key changes included dropping the requirement for a High Court judge to approve assisted dying applications, replacing it with a three-person panel featuring a senior legal figure, psychiatrist and social worker.

A separate bill on assisted dying is being considered in Scotland and passed an initial vote at Holyrood in May 2025 but is subject to further debate and changes before a final decision.

In March, the Isle of Man was the first part of the British Isles to approve assisted dying.

While it remains illegal in most countries, more than 300 million people now live in countries which have legalised assisted dying.

Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Spain and Austria have all introduced assisted dying laws since 2015.

American Politics

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> Unsubscribe

Heather Cox Richardson Jun 20 

Just a week ago, the Trump administration was preparing for a sixth round of negotiations with Iran over its nuclear program, scheduled to be held in Oman on June 15.In 2018, President Donald J. Trump pulled the U.S. out of the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) negotiated in 2015 by President Barack Obama, under which the U.S., China, France, Germany, Russia, and the United Kingdom lifted economic sanctions against Iran in exchange for limits to Iran’s nuclear program. With the U.S. withdrawal, the agreement fell apart.

Trump launched a “maximum pressure campaign” of stronger sanctions to pressure Iran to renegotiate the JCPOA, which lasted throughout his first term. Back in office, Trump relaunched that campaign in February 2025. Then, in March 2025, Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard told Congress that the assessment of the Intelligence Community was that Iran was not building a nuclear weapon.

In the same month, Trump said on the Fox News Channel that he had written a letter to Iran’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, urging the Iranians to negotiate “because if we have to go in militarily it’s going to be a terrible thing for them.” Iran’s foreign minister, Abbas Araghchi, said Iran would not “enter any direct negotiations with the U.S. so long as they continue their maximum pressure policy and their threats.”

But Iran’s allied militant actors Hamas and Hezbollah in Lebanon have been badly hurt by Israeli strikes since Hamas’s attack on Israel on October 7, 2023, and Iran’s major ally in the Middle East, Bashar al-Assad of Syria, fell in December 2024. Discussions began in April of this year, and negotiators met for five rounds by the end of May.

Israel was not included in the negotiations, and on Thursday, June 12, it launched strikes against nuclear and military targets in Iran. The strikes killed a number of nuclear scientists and senior military personnel. Iran retaliated, and the countries have been in conflict ever since.

After the strikes, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who also became the acting national security advisor after Trump fired his first national security advisor for inviting a journalist onto a Signal chat about a military strike against the Houthis, issued a statement distancing the U.S. from Israel’s attack on Iran. “Tonight,” he said, “Israel took unilateral action against Iran. We are not involved in strikes against Iran and our top priority is protecting American forces in the region. Israel advised us that they believe this action was necessary for its self-defense. President Trump and the Administration have taken all necessary steps to protect our forces and remain in close contact with our regional partners. Let me be clear: Iran should not target U.S. interests or personnel.”

But by early Friday morning, Trump appeared to be trying to take credit for the strikes and demanded that Iran make a deal. The next day—Saturday, June 14—was the day of No Kings protests in which at least 2% of the U.S. population turned out to oppose his presidency, as well as the sparsely attended military parade in Washington, D.C., an embarrassing contrast for the president.

The U.S. possesses a 30,000-pound bomb that would perhaps be able to penetrate Iran’s underground nuclear sites, which are fortified against attack. According to Alex Horton, Maham Javaid, and Warren P. Strobel, the “Massive Ordnance Penetrator” (MOP) can penetrate the ground up to at least 200 feet. The U.S. B-2 Spirit stealth bomber is the only Air Force aircraft that can deploy the heavy MOP.

On June 16, while at the G7 meeting in Canada, Trump posted that Iran “should have signed the ‘deal’ I told them to sign.” He continued: “What a shame, and waste of human life. Simply stated, IRAN CAN NOT HAVE A NUCLEAR WEAPON. I said it over and over again! Everyone should immediately evacuate Tehran!” More than 9 million people live in Tehran, with more than 16 million in the metropolitan area.

Then Trump abruptly left the G7 and on the trip home told reporters on Air Force One that he didn’t care what Gabbard said, and thought Iran was close to achieving nuclear capabilities. When France’s president Emmanuel Macron suggested Trump left to work on a ceasefire, Trump posted: “Wrong! He has no idea why I am now on my way to Washington, but it certainly has nothing to do with a Cease Fire. Much bigger than that. Whether purposely or not, Emmanuel always gets it wrong. Stay tuned!” Later that day, he posted that “[w]e”—a word suggesting U.S. involvement—“now have complete and total control of the skies over Iran,” and he credited U.S. weaponry with that dominance.About a half-hour later, he posted: “We know exactly where the so-called “Supreme Leader” is hiding. He is an easy target, but is safe there—We are not going to take him out (kill!), at least not for now. But we don’t want missiles shot at civilians, or American soldiers. Our patience is wearing thin.”

As Trump’s “Stay tuned!” suggested, his hints that he could bring the U.S. into the conflict monopolized the news. It has pushed the No Kings Day protests and the military parade to the background, putting Trump back on the front page.

Josh Marshall at Talking Points Memo interpreted Trump’s shift to back Israel as a typical Trump branding opportunity: “Israel has got a product ready to go to market and they’ve offered Trump the opportunity to slap the Trump name on it.” In the short term, that product offers a quick way to get rid of the Iranian nuclear program, which has long been a U.S. goal.But Trump’s flirting with joining a Middle East war has badly split his supporters. Led by Steve Bannon, the isolationist wing is strongly opposed to intervention and suggests that the U.S. will once again be stuck in an endless war.In contrast, the evangelical MAGA wing sees support for Israel as central to the return of Jesus Christ to Earth in the end times. Earlier this month the U.S. ambassador to Israel, former Arkansas governor Mike Huckabee, said the U.S. was abandoning its longstanding support for a Palestinian state. Huckabee is a strong supporter of the expansion of Israel’s settlements. After the Israeli strikes, Huckabee messaged Trump to urge him to listen to the voice of God. In an apparent reference to Truman’s decision to drop a nuclear weapon on Japan at the end of World War II, Huckabee told Trump: “No President in my lifetime has been in a position like yours. Not since Harry Truman in 1945.”At the unveiling of two 88-foot-tall (30.5 meters) flagpoles at the White House yesterday, Trump told reporters who asked what he planned to do about Iran: “I mean, you don’t know that I’m going to even do it. You don’t know. I may do it, I may not do it. I mean, nobody knows what I’m going to do.” He added, “Nothing’s finished until it’s finished. You know, war is very complex. A lot of bad things can happen. A lot of turns are made.”

He told CNN’s Kaitlan Collins: “I have ideas as to what to do, but I haven’t made a final—I like to make the final decision one second before it’s due, you know, because things change.”

Meanwhile, in a hearing yesterday at the Senate Armed Services Committee, Senator Tammy Duckworth (D-IL) pointed out to Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth that the $1 billion mission he led against the Houthis—who do not have a navy—has not restored the ability of U.S.-flagged commercial vessels to go through the Red Sea. Instead, it cost the U.S. two F18 Hornets, which cost $60 million apiece, and seven Reaper drones that cost another $200 million. Duckworth accused Hegseth of “blowing through money” and said: “Your failures…since you’ve taken office, have been staggering. You sent classified operational information over Signal to chest thump in front of your wife, who, by the way, has no security clearance, risking service member lives in the process…. You’ve created such a hostile command environment that no one wants to serve as your chief of staff or work with you in other senior lead [Department of Defense] leadership roles.”

“But what we should all be talking about more than all of this,” she added, “is that you have an unjustified, un-American misuse of the military in American cities, pulling resources and attention away from core missions to the detriment of the country, the war fighters, and, yes, the war fighting that you claim to love.”

Warren P. Strobel, Alex Horton, and Abigail Hauslohner of the Washington Post reported yesterday that Hegseth and Gabbard have been sidelined in discussions of whether the U.S. will get involved in the conflict. The White House is also operating without a full complement of professional staffers at the National Security Council, since Rubio fired many of them when he took over from Waltz, apparently with the goal of replacing the think-tank mentality of past NSCs with a group that would simply implement the president’s ideas.

Talking Points Memo’s Marshall noted Tuesday that “there is really, literally no one in the inner discussion of U.S. foreign policy today who has any level of foreign policy or military crisis experience at all.”

Meanwhile, a bipartisan group of lawmakers is pushing back on the idea that Trump can unilaterally decide to take the United States into a war. On Monday, Democratic senator Tim Kaine of Virginia introduced a measure to reassert Congress’s power over the authority to make war. The Constitution explicitly gives that authority to Congress, not the president, but presidents have chipped away at that power for decades. Senator Bernie Sanders (I-VT) introduced another measure to bar the use of federal funds for military force without authorization by Congress.

Today, after Iranian missiles hit an Israeli hospital, Trump seemed to change direction. He issued a statement through White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt, falling back on his usual tactic of promising something “in two weeks.” “Based on the fact that there’s a substantial chance of negotiations that may or may not take place with Iran in the near future, I will make my decision whether or not to go within the next two weeks.”Stay tuned.

Marshall of Talking Points Memo noted today: “A through-line through the last five months is that uncertainty is Donald Trump’s personal comfort zone, where he feels *his* power is maximized. But in basically every domain in which he operates uncertainty *in itself* is damaging to everyone else involved.”—

Notes:https://www.france24.com/en/americas/20250307-trump-offers-nuclear-talks-with-iran-in-a-letter-to-its-supreme-leaderhttps://www.washingtonpost.com/world/2025/06/19/iran-israel-conflict-history/https://talkingpointsmemo.com/edblog/an-offer-trump-cant-refuseDonald J. Trump, Truth Social Post, June 13, 2025, 5:56 a.m.Donald J. Trump, Truth Social post, June 16, 2025, 11:50 p.m.Donald J. Trump, Truth Social post, June 17, 2025, 1:15 a.m.

Donald J. Trump, Truth Social post, June 17, 2025, 11:55 a.m.Donald J. Trump, Truth Social post, June 17, 2025, 12:19 a.m.

Mike Huckabee, quoted in Trump, Truth Social post, June 17, 2025, 8:49 a.m.https://www.reuters.com/world/us/trump-faces-uproar-maga-base-over-possible-iran-strike-2025-06-18/https://www.reuters.com/world/middle-east/rubio-says-us-not-involved-israeli-strikes-against-iran-2025-06-13/https://time.com/7295241/trump-iran-israel-tucker-carlson/https://www.cnn.com/2025/06/19/politics/trump-us-strikes-iran-israel-analysishttps://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2025/jun/10/mike-huckabee-independent-palestinian-statehttps://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2025/jun/17/trump-us-iran-israel-warhttps://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2025/jun/16/trump-war-powers-iran-israel-conflicthttps://www.washingtonpost.com/national-security/2025/06/17/massive-ordnance-penetrator-iran-bunker-buster/https://www.washingtonpost.com/national-security/2025/05/23/national-security-council-trump-rubio/https://talkingpointsmemo.com/edblog/thoughts-on-israels-iran-campaign-and-donald-trump/sharetoken/242a4259-3434-4ba9-9820-5cc31b27d92bhttps://apnews.com/article/israel-iran-attacks-nuclear-news-06-19-2025-b508817b78ed8d2f6067c1516215cf94https://www.reuters.com/business/aerospace-defense/trump-contradicts-his-spy-chief-irans-nuclear-program-2025-06-17/https://abcnews.go.com/US/illegal-immigrants-trump-questions-workers-installing-white-house/story?id=122996015https://www.cbsnews.com/news/trump-war-powers-act-congress-iran-israel/https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/politics/2025/06/18/trump-flag-poles-white-house/84257902007/YouTube:watch?v=E1pmY8GIuWAX:KellyO/status/1933324863252410838Bluesky:justinbaragona.bsky.social/post/3lry2wrsgcs2jatrupar.com/post/3lry2qllaev2jjoshtpm.bsky.social/post/3lry456ryqc2ppotustracker.us/post/3lrr25zjtie2npremthakker.bsky.social/post/3lrrs25cxm22mpatriottakes.bsky.social/post/3lrsvzglhns2ucarlzoilus.bsky.social/post/3lrt74orqjc2s

A bit of beauty after all that …

Canberra sunset while walking Leah

Week beginning 18 June 2025

Joanna Hagan Friends and the Golden Age of the Sitcom Pen & Sword | White Owl, August 2024.

Thank you, NetGalley and Pen & Sword for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

There is a wealth of information about Friends, and other television shows that featured in the period in which the sit com was initially screened, between the covers of this exciting publication. Friends may or may not have been one of your favourite programs, but regardless, there is something here for anyone interested in television in the 1990s to the early 2000s. Seinfeld, Frasier, and comedies from the past such as I Love Lucy, feature; dramas, for example ER and The West Wing, are discussed; the introduction of reality shows, the first of which was Survivor, gain a mention; the start of Grey’s Anatomy and its enduring popularity are referred to. Importantly, the process of creating and producing a sit com is provided in detail as episode after episode of Friends is laid out, familiar situations and analysis featuring side by side.

The way in which the material is woven together is the strength of this work, with Friends usually the pivotal point from which the additional information extends, building an engaging look at this Golden Age from the perspective of one of its most popular examples from 1994 to 2005. Other sit coms, and their particular focus and idiosyncrasies – some successful, some not – are contrasted with significant effect. The attention to other sit coms provides valuable insight into the field of work in which Friends competed. Moving more widely into the dramas also in the field is also instructive, providing awareness of the range of television choices available while Friends maintained its impetus. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Tim Waggoner Just Add Writer A Complete Guide to Writing Tie-ins and IP, RDS Publishing|Guide Dog Books, May 2024.

Thank you, Net Galley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Tim Waggoner has written an impressive guide for writing tie-ins – but more than that, there is so much material that applies to other forms of writing. I am not a fan of much of the material that he uses as examples ( Supernatural, Defender: Hyperswarm, Exalted: Shadow Over Heaven’s Eye, A Nightmare on Elm Street, for example and he refers to horror as a favourite genre) – but my prejudices are apparent from my sigh of relief when one of the contributors mentioned writing for Law and Order and Murder She Wrote. Something familiar at last! However, that said, I was drawn into Waggoner’s alien world through the almost magical lure of his writing style, the accessibility of his advice and the substantial and valuable guide to a wide range of writing beyond the topic for which this book could be seen as a ‘must read’. To add to Waggoner’s experience there are interviews with other tie in writers which strengthen the proposition that, although there are some broad guidelines that are worth following, writers have unique experiences as well as comparable ones that are also valuable. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

The Aussie writer’s festival putting women’s stories first

Rose Scottwomen writers Women’s Voices

by Danielle Asciak

Feature image: Eda Gunaydin, Bastian Fox Phelan, Bronwyn Rennex, Beth Yahp. Photographer Connor Malanos.

We’ve all been asked that question: who would you invite to your dream dinner party, dead or alive?

For me, the answer is easy: Rose Scott. I often wonder what she would make of the organisations she helped found, and whether she’d recognise her legacy in our work today. There are moments when I find myself asking: what would Rose do? A reformer, suffragist, journalist, and one of Australia’s OG social entrepreneurs, Rose Scott was a woman of fierce intellect and conviction. She didn’t just create spaces for conversation, she championed women’s right to think, speak, and write their way into public life.*

This year marks the centenary of Rose Scott’s death, and yet her impact continues to resonate. In 1889, she co-founded the Women’s Literary Society – the first women’s organisation in Sydney to meet independently at night. As historian Judith A. Allen notes, many members had little or no formal education yet were determined to develop their critical thinking and influence philanthropy and public opinion in ways that would improve the position of women. They read widely, wrote papers, delivered lectures, and debated the major questions of their time: the value of higher education for women, the morality of marriage, the need for improved conditions for working women, and the political implications of suffrage. In asserting their right to serious cultural engagement, they laid the foundations for a tradition of women-led critical inquiry and public dialogue.

Rose Scott’s literary influence extended far beyond the parlour. She corresponded with Miles Franklin, who would later write Scott’s biography, and advocated fiercely for the visibility of women in music, literature, visual art and theatre. She understood that changing laws was only part of the work; shifting culture was just as crucial. In many ways, she anticipated the work of feminist thinkers like Beatrice Faust, believing that women needed not just the vote, but the intellectual tools to use it effectively.

The Rose Scott Women Writers Festival (RSWWF) carries forward that legacy. Established in 2013 by members of The Women’s Club, RSWWF is now Australia’s only literary festival created by women, for women writers.

It began with a simple, radical idea, that women’s stories matter, and they deserve a dedicated platform, one that respects their craft, pays their worth, and prioritises their voices.

Each year, the festival presents a vibrant mix of emerging and established writers across fiction, journalism, poetry, theatre, film, songwriting, and criticism. Our speakers explore the personal and the political, offering perspectives that are both provocative and reflective. From climate anxiety to sexual politics, historical reckonings to creative resistance, audiences can expect generous thinking, bold ideas, and sharp creative minds in dialogue.

The curation of the program is shaped by a working committee drawn from The Women’s Club’s membership including booksellers, editors, curators, marketers, and cultural producers, working in collaboration with writers, cultural partners, and expert festival moderators to shape every session. This is not a passive festival of readings and signings. The sessions are designed with the speakers themselves, built to challenge assumptions and ask timely questions. Writers like Sophie Gee and Sara Saleh have worked closely with us to frame conversations that speak directly to the current moment. This is a space where women’s voices drive the narrative and challenge who gets to define culture in the first place.

And yet, the need for such a platform remains. According to Creative Australia’s 2023 report Widening the Lens: Social Inequality and Arts Participation, women are consistently more likely to engage in reading for pleasure than men, a pattern also supported by Australia Reads and the Australian Society of Authors. This suggests that women not only read more, but are likely the primary purchasers of books, forming the foundation of the country’s literary economy. Yet, they remain underrepresented where it counts. The 2020 Stella Count revealed that books authored by women made up 55% of reviews in major Australian publications – up slightly from 53 per cent in 2019 – yet gender disparities persist across publishing, media coverage, and awards. The 2022 National Survey of Australian Book Authors, also found that women authors earn, on average, 30 per cent less than men, with a median income from creative work of just $18,200 per year. Visibility, viability, and fair recognition remain hard-won.

This is why the RSWWF is essential. It provides visibility and economic recognition by remunerating all contributors at the Australian Society of Authors’ recommended rates. But beyond that, it offers space for professional growth, collaboration, and connection. It affirms the value of women’s stories not as side notes, but as central to our cultural landscape.

If I ever did sit across from Rose Scott at that dream dinner, I’d hope she’d let me try on her famous feather boa. I imagine she’d be disappointed that we still need to ask the same fundamental questions about representation and equality. But I think she’d also be proud that women now hold the highest level of representation in federal parliament in Australian history, and that so many platforms, like ours, exist to elevate women’s voices. And I’d like to think she’d see, in this gathering of writers and readers, a living continuation of her vision and a future that still belongs to women who dare to speak.

So, how can you get involved? Show your support for women writers. Buy a ticket. Attend a session. Make a donation. Read more books by women. Share the program with your community. Support diverse and essential voices. Because in a world where women’s stories are still too often silenced, sidelined, or unpaid, festivals like ours are not just nice to have. They are necessary.

Women’s Agenda is published by the 100% women owned and run Agenda Media. Advertising and partnerships support our independent journalism.

© Women’s Agenda 2025. All rights reserved.

We acknowledge and pay respect to the past, present and future Traditional Custodians and Elders of this nation and the continuation of cultural, spiritual and educational practices of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples.

*See last week’s blog for a review of Miles Franklin Undercover, by Kerrie Davies, in which there are references to Rose Scott.

A striking new 5.5-metre sculpture celebrating First Nations women is coming to Sydney’s harbourside

Half human and half whale, this major public artwork will stand more than five metres tall

Written by Alannah Sue Arts and Culture Editor, Time Out Sydney Thursday 12 June 2025

The Sydney landscape is dotted with some pretty iconic public art, like that crushed car in the middle of a roundabout in Walsh Bay, or that six-metre-tall marble fishing hook overlooking the sculptural sails of the Sydney Opera House. But when it comes to our city’s statues and the historical figures they commemorate, the spread is somewhat embarrassingly skewed to colonial and patriarchal figures. However, an ambitious new permanent public artwork coming to Circular Quay is set to shake up the status quo.

Titled ‘Badjgama Ngunda Whuliwulawala (Black Women Rising)’, the 5.5-metre-high cast bronze sculpture is the creation of Dharawal and Yuin artist Alison Page, developed in consultation with the Sydney Coastal Aboriginal Women’s Group and the Gujaga Foundation. 

The sculpture depicts an Aboriginal woman rising powerfully from a body of water. Part woman and part whale, the figure represents the deep connection Aboriginal people have to Country and serves as an invitation for all women and all people to connect with her strength and resilience. 

Speaking on the artwork, the artist said: “‘Badjgama Ngunda Whuliwulawala (Black Women Rising)’ emerges from the water below the city, a place of spiritual potency for Dharawal women. She is the mixing of the salt water and the fresh water, her energy and essence lives within the Aboriginal women of Sydney today. She is every black woman, every mother, daughter, sister, aunty. She is Country.”

Commissioned by Lendlease, the work will be produced by UAP foundry in Brisbane and is set to be unveiled outside of the Waldorf Astoria Sydney hotel development at Circular Quay in early 2027. 

The news of Circular Quay’s new sculpture comes after the recent announcement of another major public art project paying tribute to Indigenous history, with the redeveloped Sydney Fish Market also unveiling a sculpture series that will honour Blackwattle Bay’s First Nations and maritime histories.

Stay in the loop: sign up for our free Time Out Sydney newsletter for more news, travel inspo and activity ideas, straight to your inbox.

The Penguin books that shaped us Celebrating 90 years of Penguin Books

https://www.penguin.co.uk/

Since 1935, Penguin has published books that have defined the world we live in. We’ve asked the experts, from editors and storytellers to musicians, podcasters and influencers, to help us gather the books that have shocked us, comforted us, raised us, and set our imaginations alight.

With each list comes the opportunity to vote for your favourite and help us create our ‘Readers’ Choice’ list, to be released on Penguin’s birthday on 30th July.

The lists cover: Inspired generations of young readers; challenged our view of the environment; created a pop culture phenomenon; shaped our everyday lives; saw us through hard times; shaped our political understanding; redefined love and relationships; shocked society.

Sign up to the Penguin Newsletter to receive the full document. I have provided some edited versions below. If you read books, then the Penguin newsletter is for you. Be the first to hear exclusive news about our latest and greatest reads.

Gain unique access to early extracts, bookish gift offers and events. Be inspired by our reading recommendations, explore big ideas or simply sit back and revisit cherished classics.

The Penguin books that ignited a pop culture phenomenon

To celebrate Penguin’s 90th birthday, we round up the books that left an indelible mark on popular culture, with help from TikTok pop culture influencer Jack Edwards. 

Stephen Carlick and Jack Edwards 29 May 2025

Books and popular culture have always been symbiotic: since the printing press made cheap books widely available, up to the present ‘digital’ day, there simply hasn’t been one without the other. From classics to modern tomes, books have seeped from the page into other art forms, bringing them to life.

Someone who knows this better than most is Jack Edwards, TikTok influencer of books and pop culture. Below, he explains why books have such an impact – and the book that has influenced him the most. Plus, we reflect on the 10 Penguin books that have become pop culture classics over the past 90 years (you can jump straight to the list by clicking here).

Jack Edwards on the books that impacted pop culture

Without Nineteen Eighty-Four, we wouldn’t have Big Brother or Room 101. Without Pride and Prejudice, there’d be no Bridget Jones’s Diary or Bridgerton. Without Lord of the Flies, there’d be no Yellowjackets or Lost

When Taylor Swift chimes that she’s “feeling so Gatsby”, Lana Del Rey quotes Lolita, or The Rolling Stones replace their heads with bugs for their Metamorphosis album cover… Penguin books are shaping culture. 

Since their founding 90 years ago, Penguin books have ignited pop culture phenomena, whether it’s the modern classic The Secret History, which countless “dark academia” authors have been inspired by, In Cold Blood sparking a true crime craze, or The Fault in Our Stars banding together a community of like-minded readers on BookTube, Bookstagram, and – subsequently – BookTok. When someone is raving about the gem they’ve just (re-)discovered, look to the cover’s corner: chances are you’ll spot the iconic Penguin logo lurking there. 

Penguin books have championed voices from around the world; they’ve even been banned for the way they challenge hegemonic ideologies, as Toni Morrison’s The Bluest Eye does. They are disruptive, galvanising, and empowering. 

They’ve inspired modern retellings, like The Odyssey, and even introduced new terms to our lexicon – our concept of “nostalgia” originated as nostos in Homer’s epic poem. In fact, the Oxford English Dictionary added the adjectives Homeric, Kafkaesque, and Orwellian, codifying these authors’ immense impact in our language. 

Over nine impressive decades, Penguin authors have explained and explored the world, and shaped it along the way. 

Details of the books follow in the Penguin Newsletter.

The Penguin books that shaped our political understanding

To celebrate Penguin’s 90th birthday, we reflect on the books that reflected and shaped our political landscape, with help from comedian and presenter Nish Kumar.

Rachel Deeley and Nish Kumar29 May 2025

In today’s world, politics seems to be governed by soundbites, social media posts, and a steady drip-feed of leaks to the media. But books have always offered the necessary space for exploring important political issues with depth and nuance – sometimes with real-world impact. 

Political writing is an intrinsic part of Penguin’s history. Take the Penguin Specials, a decades-long series of topical books by expert authors that began with a 1937 reprint of Germany Puts the Clock Back, which alerted the British public to the rise of fascism in Europe. Since then, countless more books have helped readers understand a rapidly changing world. We explore some of the most influential examples with the help of Nish Kumar, comedian and co-host of the Pod Save the UK podcast. (Jump straight to the full list by clicking here.) 

Nish Kumar on the role of books in political discourse

We live in an information crisis. Unregulated tech platforms spew misinformation into our public sphere and their oligarch owners have spent the last decade slowly colonising our discourse and creating a monopoly on truth. All of this infects our politics. An alliance forms between the tech barons and a new era of despots, a nightmare symbiosis of state smashers and ethno-nationalist anti-democrats.  

Just so you know, this is the kind of thing I say at dinner parties, and it’s the principal reason I’m rarely invited to them (others include: leafing through the host’s record collection and light stealing).  

In the face of this chaos, the books on this list confront. Whether it’s George Orwell’s haunting warning against the dangers of totalitarianism or Naomi Klein’s rigorous investigation of disaster capitalism, these writers confront the most significant questions at the heart of our politics. Some are memoirs from inside the corridors of power, others are brickbats aimed squarely at the established order.  

As our world shrinks into a phone screen, the books on this list urge us to be more expansive in our thinking and embrace complexity. The threat is existential, but the solutions are in our hands.   

The Penguin books that redefined love and relationships

To celebrate Penguin’s 90th birthday, we take a look at the books that changed our views on love in all its forms, with help from Paloma Faith.

Katie Russell and Paloma Faith 29 May 2025

A good book makes you fall in love with its characters, but a great book makes you rethink the world around you – including your relationships. Penguin has always been at the forefront of this publishing, with novels and memoirs that have reshaped the romance genre, created new trends, and sparked conversations about our personal relationships.

Below, we’ve chosen 10 of the most influential Penguin books to redefine love and relationships over the past 90 years (and you can jump to our selection by clicking here). But first, musician, author and podcast host Paloma Faith shares her experience of witnessing how books can shape people’s relationships, and the Penguin title that changed her own perspective.  

Paloma Faith on how books can redefine relationships 

I have seen first-hand that books can shape relationships. After I published my memoir, MILF, one man approached me, crying, to thank me for saving his marriage. I was really moved by that. I’ve also had younger girls say thank you because they were giving their mum such a hard time about the fact she broke up with their dad. One girl came up to me and said, “I feel a lot of empathy for her now. I’ve called her and I’m taking her out for a meal on Saturday because I want to apologise.” I thought that was so sweet. 

Books have changed my own perspective on relationships, too. I was raised by a feminist of the Sixties and my mother lent me The Female Eunuch by Germaine Greer when I was about 13. I also read Simone de Beauvoir and Anaïs Nin, but when I found Jeanette Winterson, it was like a shot of electricity. It was like a new generation of feminist writer, and it was bloody and beautiful at the same time. It was the beginning of my understanding of how feminism is always redefined throughout generations. And it made my mum’s feminist books look dated. 

The Penguin books that inspired generations of young readers

To celebrate Penguin’s 90th birthday, we round up some of the books that inspired generations of young people to grow up with a love of reading, with help from Dame Jacqueline Wilson.

Katie Russell and Jacqueline Wilson 29 May 2025

Children’s books can inspire a lifelong love of reading – from bedtime stories to young adult novels, these books reflect real-life experiences, spark imaginations, and make young readers feel less alone. One author who knows that better than most is Dame Jacqueline Wilson.

To mark Penguin’s 90th birthday, the beloved author shares the impact of reading on her own life, and the children’s book that influenced her the most. Plus, we look through our archives to create a list of the 13 most significant Penguin books that shaped us into a nation of readers (you can jump to the list by clicking here).

Dame Jacqueline Wilson on the impact of children’s books

I was eight years old when I bought my first Puffin with my own pocket money (one shilling and sixpence!). I was attracted to its price, its format, and the beautiful bright green cover showing three girls in white party frocks. It was Ballet Shoes by Noel Streatfeild, and it’s remained my favourite children’s book ever since. 

I went on to read many Puffin titles throughout my childhood: the groundbreaking The Family From One End Street and The Children Who Lived in a Barn, and lovely classics like Little WomenThe Secret Garden, Five Children and It and The Railway Children. They turned me into a rapacious reader and have certainly influenced my own children’s books. 

My adult academic daughter still has her own beloved collection of Puffins on her bookshelves, and I nearly always choose a Puffin title if I’m giving a child a little holiday present or needing to fill up a Christmas stocking. They give lasting pleasure to generations of children. They act as entertainment, instruction, inspire imaginary adventures, encourage empathy – and are still priced at pocket money level. You can’t say that about any electronic device! 

Let’s use this cleverly chosen reading list of Puffins and Ladybirds and create keen readers of the future.

Go to https://www.penguin.co.uk/ for the complete article, which includes descriptions of the books referred to above, and in the other categories referred to in the article.

Secret London

A Renowned Photojournalism Exhibition Is Now Running In London – Showcasing Powerful Stories Of Life, Liberty, And Hope

One of the most prestigious showcases of photojournalism and documentary photography, the World Press Photo Exhibition is returning to London this week.

 Vaishnavi Pandey – Staff Writer • 20 May, 2025

The World Press Photo Exhibition is making its much-anticipated return to London this week, bringing three months of breathtaking photography to the brand-new MPB Gallery at Here East.

One of the most prestigious showcases of photojournalism and documentary photography, this powerful exhibition takes visitors on a visual journey through some of the most defining moments shaping our world today.

After an incredible 2024 tour that drew over 3 million visitors across 66 locations worldwide, the exhibition continues to set the gold standard for visual storytelling. Since 1955, the World Press Photo Foundation has been shining a light on global stories through stunning, impactful imagery.

The World Press Photo Exhibition is making its much-anticipated return to London this week, bringing three months of breathtaking photography to the brand-new MPB Gallery at Here East.

One of the most prestigious showcases of photojournalism and documentary photography, this powerful exhibition takes visitors on a visual journey through some of the most defining moments shaping our world today.

After an incredible 2024 tour that drew over 3 million visitors across 66 locations worldwide, the exhibition continues to set the gold standard for visual storytelling. Since 1955, the World Press Photo Foundation has been shining a light on global stories through stunning, impactful imagery.

The World Press Photo Exhibition is making its much-anticipated return to London this week, bringing three months of breathtaking photography to the brand-new MPB Gallery at Here East.

One of the most prestigious showcases of photojournalism and documentary photography, this powerful exhibition takes visitors on a visual journey through some of the most defining moments shaping our world today.

After an incredible 2024 tour that drew over 3 million visitors across 66 locations worldwide, the exhibition continues to set the gold standard for visual storytelling. Since 1955, the World Press Photo Foundation has been shining a light on global stories through stunning, impactful imagery.

Dervla McTiernan Email

Hello hello! 
 
Well, I’m back at my desk. The mad whirlwind of tour is over, the interview schedule is slowing down, and (apart from a very short upcoming trip to Ireland and NYC) my travel for the year is pretty much over.

Tour this year was, quite honestly, extraordinary. I’m told that I appeared in front of 5000 people across all my events, which is a number that seems far too big to be real, or would if I hadn’t seen everyone with my own two eyes, and met and talked to so many readers. People were beyond, beyond kind. More than ever, this tour felt like I was meeting old friends and new friends. There’s a natural bond, I think, between book lovers. One of the most joyous things about the tour for me was meeting all the little groups — the mums and daughters, the sisters, the book clubs, the couples and the friends. People came to the events and they brought the spirit of their sharing and their relationships with them. And I had the loveliest interviewers. I really want to include photos of everyone … but this Newsletter would explode and you would feel like you were stuck looking at someone’s slide show of their holiday or something. So here’re just a few from the road :  )*

But tour had to end at some point, and really, I was very happy too to come home to Kenny and the kiddos and the menagerie, and our house and our quiet life in Perth. For most of the year I’m really very much a homebody. The quiet rhythm of our life suits me.  Not to mention that I have a book to edit and another to write between now and Christmas! And I also have a cardigan to finish! I abandoned it when the pre-tour edit and promotion pressure got too much, and now I’ve lost track a bit, but when I get back from Ireland and NYC, that cardigan is going to be waiting for me.

With GRAVE well and truly launched, I’m turning my attention again to next year’s book. My working title is Three Boxes (the publication title will almost certainly be something else, so don’t get attached to that one!). I think I told you before that I did a pretty significant edit of the book earlier in the year, but it needs more work, and I’m about to dive in. I’ve had six weeks away from the book, which is a good amount of time. Sometimes you really need that kind of breathing space from it so that you can see the wood from the trees. I’m a little nervous right now. I always am before a re-read. By the time I send the book to my editor I’m confident that it’s a strong book and that it’s in good shape … but then the weeks tick by and the fear descends! What if I start to read and find that I’ve written complete rubbish?? Or … what if there are strong parts but the book has one fundamental flaw that I’ve somehow completely failed to recognise until just this moment? Argh! The only thing to do when those feelings descend is to take a deep breath and remember that I’ve felt this exact way before, and that the only way out is through.
 
As for my other work, I’ve been having so much fun doing research for the next next book. I’m really going deep for this one, because I want these characters to catch fire for me, and for you. I feel like there’s so much potential and I want to do the ideas justice. There’s a young barrister at the centre of the book, and I’ve been reading barrister memoirs in preparation …. My god, the stories I’ve found so far! None of it will go in verbatim into the book, but it’s all so colourful and fun and specific, and so much of it is unexpected. I’m dying to get into the writing of this now, but it will likely be six or eight weeks before I can start. That’s probably not a bad thing. By the time I sit down to write it I will be SO ready.
 
Here’s a little hint about the setting … any thoughts?**

My only bit of news is not really news, as I mentioned it in a previous newsletter. I’m off to NYC the week after next for Thrillerfest, where I’ll be moderating one panel and appearing on another. Thrillerfest is not like the writers’ festivals we have in Australia. It’s really aimed more at writers than readers, and it’s a great place to meet up with other writers and hang out and talk craft. I also have another excuse to go this year, because What Happened to Nina? has been nominated for an award.
 
Speaking of awards … you already know this if you follow me on social media, but Nina was also longlisted for a Silver Dagger Award in the UK, and Nina outright WON the ABIA Award for best General Fiction (ABIA stands for Australian Book Industry Award fyi). We had a great night out for the ABIAs in Melbourne right in the middle of tour.***

I have been pretty behind on this recently, but I’m ready to go again if you are! As always, no pressure. This is, after all, NOT a bookclub. If you like the sound of the book I’m reading and you feel like reading along this month, great. If not, there’s always next month :  )
 
This month I’m reading The Trap by Catherine Ryan Howard. Catherine is an Irish writer. I’ve read her before and have always enjoyed her work, but someone missed her last couple of books, so it’s time to make up for it.

The premise of The Trap is that a young woman’s sister has disappeared. There’s been a string of disappearances and police suspect that a serial killer might have taken all of the missing women. So our protagonist does what any sensible woman would do (ahem). She puts herself out there as bait, on the lonely roads and streets where the serial killer is suspected to be active, in the hopes that he’ll try to take her and she can finally get to the truth about what happened to her sister.
 
Now that’s a hook! I’m a few chapters in and finding it to be the kind of story I just want to get back to. Let me know if you decide to read along!

Get your copy of The Trap below:
Amazon | Apple Books | Booktopia

Get your copy of The Unquiet Grave below:
Amazon | Apple Books | Booktopia

All my best,
 
Dervla.

Copyright © 2025 Dervla McTiernan, All rights reserved.
You are receiving this email because you opted in via dervlamctiernan.com

*Graphics have been omitted.

**Opt into the email (see above) to see the relevant graphic.

***Reviewed in my blog on February 14, 2024.

American Politics

…politics is the mediation of differences…’ Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning biographer and Political Historian, Morning Joe 13 June 2025.

Once, the spectacle of a demagogue threatening to send in troops while warning protestors to stay home would earn a rebuke from a stern-faced State Department spokesman. 

But we’re not talking about some 1970s banana republic reeling under the manic grip of a corrupt strongman leader. This is the United States, where Donald Trump and his sidekicks are playing at dictators. It’s surreal watching the techniques of tyrants being applied in a country that once produced report cards on everyone else’s democracies. 

Everything happening right now in US streets is a product of the obsessions and grievances of Trump, whose volatile personality and quest for total dominance are fusing into an increasingly authoritarian approach to governance. After protests erupted against deportation sweeps for undocumented migrants in Los Angeles, Trump leapt at the chance to rush thousands of National Guard reserve troops to the city. Then, he dispatched 700 US Marines. 

This was the first time since the 1960s civil rights era that reservists were mobilized against the wishes of a state governor. Back then, President Lyndon Johnson activated troops to protect the right to protest, rather than to suppress it. Trump claims that protests were raging out of control and that he prevented the City of Angels from being burned to the ground. In truth, while there was some violence, burning of cars and looting, unrest was confined to a small downtown area, and local officials say they had it largely under control. 

History is full of stories of wannabe autocrats conjuring excuses to unleash the calvary. So far, Trump’s expeditionary force has largely been confined to protecting federal buildings. But the president made his point. He warned he wanted troops “everywhere” and that if his deportation sweeps caused protests, he’d take even stronger action. Trump traveled to Fort Bragg, one of the country’s largest military bases to deliver a speech in which he had troops cheering at his mocking attacks on his political opponents — obliterating the code that the military is non-partisan and fueling fears that Trump would like to enlist the military as his personal militia.

To use American troops to enforce a president’s whims on domestic soil against his adversaries would be taboo – but Trump has already said before he returned to power that he’d have no problem using the military against “the enemy from within” in his second term. Like many other voters in the western world, plenty of Americans sent a message in the last election that they are fed up with leaders’ handling of illegal immigration. There’s strong popular support for deporting undocumented migrants if they commit crimes. But the Trump administration’s extreme approach risks scaring off middle America. 

Still, the White House is loving the confrontation.

Trump relishes looking tough. The last election was partly fought on the framing that he is strong and Democrats are weak. And his subordinates have endlessly argued this week that by opposing deportations, Democrats are standing with people who – according to the misleading and dehumanizing rhetoric of White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt – are “illegal alien murderers, rapists and pedophiles.” 

Democrats have never really worked out how to handle Trump. Their outrage often comes across as hapless. But there are a few signs that they’re finding some steel as the president plays tyrant. California Gov. Gavin Newsom dared Trump to arrest him and warned US democracy was on the brink in a national address.

On Thursday, Democrats seized on an extraordinary scene in California when the state’s Democratic Sen. Alex Padilla was bundled out of a news conference by security after he tried to address Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem — one of the architects of Trump’s hardline deportation policy — at her news conference. 

“This is the stuff of dictatorships,” said Democratic Sen. Brian Schatz.

Cameras in the Courts?

Joyce Vance June 12, 2025. *

If you’ve been around Civil Discourse for more than a minute, you know I take issue with the federal courts’ failure to allow cameras in courtrooms, especially with new technology that’s available. It would benefit the courts to make their proceedings more accessible, so people can better understand how they work and, at least theoretically, have more confidence in them. But no. The courts have studied cameras, but unlike their brethren and sistren in state court systems across the country, they’ve declined to move into the modern era.

So the answer to the question, will there be cameras in the courts today in the hearing in the California case, the one involving the state’s request for a temporary restraining order against the federal government after it deployed National Guardsmen and Marines to Los Angeles in something new and refreshing. Will there be cameras in the courtroom? Sort of…

No party objected to the video recording. There will be cameras in in the courtroom.

In real time there will be a Zoom hearing, limited to 1000 participants… I’m told by friends who practice in Northern California that the video can be posted to the court’s website after the hearing if the judge allows it.

All of this is possible because the Northern District of California was part of a pilot program on cameras in the courts and when it ended, a number of their judges continued to use it. In September 2010, the Judicial Conference of the United States authorized a three-year pilot project to evaluate the effect of cameras in district court courtrooms. Each judge in the district had the ability to opt out in any particular case and the parties had to consent before a recording could be made. Recordings were posted on the courts’ website after the fact unless the judge decided against it. Northern California was one of 14 courts that participated in the pilot, which ran from 2011 to 2015.The pilot, which also ran in Middle Alabama, my neighboring district, was pretty successful. None of the disasters naysayers have frequently predicted if we allow cameras into courtroom ensued. No witnesses preened for the cameras, justice continued to be done. But, in its 2016 session, the Judicial Conference declined to change the standard policy prohibiting cameras. The Ninth Circuit, which includes California, opted to continue its “study program” to collect more data.

So [on 12 June] Americans [had] a chance to do more than just read news reports of a critical court proceeding that involves the future of our democracy. The hearing is a first step in deciding whether a president can deploy the military domestically, when the state doesn’t want them there and appears to be perfectly capable of handling its own police problems. It’s precisely the type of event we should have access to. Democracy is a participatory sport, not something we let other people do for us. This is a small thing in light of all that is going on around us but as we are learning, when it comes to keeping the Republic, process can matter as much as substance. This is a small, but significant development to be aware of. We need more of this…

We’re in this together,

Joyce

*Edited to bring the article up to date.

Week beginning June 11, 2025

Kerrie Davies Miles Franklin Undercover The little-known years when she created her own brilliant career Allen & Unwin, November 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

I thoroughly enjoyed reading this work but was constantly wanting to be reassured about where elements of accuracy and imagination lay. As always must be the case with biographies when the subject or circumstances contrive to preserve some privacy, speculation is a legitimate tool. One of the most interesting facets of reading about events that cannot be authenticated is following the author’s acknowledgment of this and their process for composing conclusions. All biographies must include elements of speculation and imagination, after all, conversations are not always recorded – and how influenced by such recording and therefore questionably authentic are these – and thoughts can only be developed in the author’s imagination, and I would have liked to see more recognition and discussion of this aspect of the work. However, the acknowledgements and bibliography, together with notes for each chapter, were useful as were references to the value of the unpublished manuscript about Franklin’s domestic work. Also, Davies’ generous recognition of Miles Franklin’s other biographers and work on her topic is valuable. see Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Friday essay: Miles Franklin’s other brilliant career – her year as an undercover servant*

Story by Kerrie Davies, UNSW Sydney

In the Miles Franklin archive in the State Library of New South Wales there are two brown, cloth-bound volumes, titled, “When I was Mary-Anne, A Slavey”. The thick, handwritten pages are amended with glued paper inserts copied from the missing diary the author of My Brilliant Career kept for roughly a year between April 1903 and April 1904.

In an accompanying summary, on which Franklin based her 1904 letter to the Bulletin about the experience, she wrote:

Some people wonder what domestic servants have to complain about […] No one could understand the depth of the silent feud between mistress and maid without, in their own person, testing the matter …

There is a picture of Franklin in the archive too, dressed in her “get up”: a black-and-white tunic and apron, with a lacy parlour cap pinned atop her piled-up brunette hair. The photograph, taken in a studio in Melbourne, is captioned “yr little mary-anne”. She beckons you into her impersonation.9 min readAlong with the letters Franklin wrote or received during the year, the summary and photo authenticate her little known upstairs–downstairs experiment in Sydney and Melbourne, which she details in the manuscript. She cooked in flammable kitchens, plunged her hands into steaming washing up, and swept the dust that scattered behind her employers’ shoes.

In today’s Instagram culture, it is improbable that a celebrity like Franklin could work incognito and not be recognised. But this was the Edwardian era of the early 1900s, when a photograph was a special occasion and names were known more widely than faces. Franklin loved that a lady she’d once met at a government reception unknowingly flung her coat at her when she opened the door, and that she stoked the fire while guests discussed My Brilliant Career.

Bronte of the bush

Aged 21, Franklin dazzled Australia with her debut novel. Published in 1901, My Brilliant Career inspired young women to write to her about their own frustrations and dreams. She denied her novel was autobiographical, to little effect. She was compared to novelist Charlotte Bronte and to Marie Bashkirtseff, the Russian–Parisian teen artist who declared in her memoir, “I am my own heroine”.

Despite Franklin’s later fervent wish that My Brilliant Career’s heroine, Sybylla Melvyn, would be forgotten, the book endured. It became a feminist literary classic, and in 1979 a film, produced by Margaret Fink and directed by Gillian Armstrong. Today, her cultural touchstone continues with her bequest of the Miles Franklin Literary Award and recent stage adaptations of My Brilliant Career. The Stella literary prize is named in her honour, after her first given name, Stella Maria Sarah Miles Franklin.

Franklin’s iconic success is, however, misleading. Like many authors, she experienced fame and acclaim, but minimal royalties, in part due to an unfair contract for colonial authors with her Edinburgh publisher, William Blackwood and Sons. Books were also a luxury during the punishing Federation drought, which lasted from 1895 to 1902.

Franklin could have married. Her grandmother took every opportunity to remind her she was expected to wed. “Have you found anyone you like better than yourself?” she archly asked.

Instead, she disappeared into undercover journalism.

Stunt girl reporters

Franklin was likely inspired by the “gonzo” women journalists known as “girl stunt reporters”, who disrupted male-dominated journalism in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

To prove their journalistic chops, they risked their safety and health to go undercover and expose factory exploitation and illegal abortion clinics. Most famously, New York reporter Nellie Bly feigned hysteria to gain admission to the city’s public women’s mental health institution for ten days in 1887. Their stories captivated audiences, as much as their daring.

American journalist Elizabeth Banks transported the trend to London, where she worked as a servant, leaving her poodle, Judge, with a friend. Her reports in “In Cap and Apron” for the Weekly Sun caused a sensation, and Banks’ memoir Autobiography of a Newspaper Girl was reviewed in Australia in late 1902 and early 1903.

Apart from Catherine Hay Thomson’s investigation of Kew Asylum and Melbourne Hospital in 1886, the “stunt girl reporter” only noticeably appeared in Australia in 1903.

That year, the fledgling New Idea magazine published a series of undercover articles, including about experiences such as working in a tobacco factory and applying for domestic service at an employment agency. Unlike Franklin, the New Idea journalist stopped there, while Franklin spent a full, gruelling year as a servant.

The “servant question” was an ideal local investigation. The newly federated Australia was growing due to the wool industry – “on the sheep’s back”. But in the cities, factories were an alternative engine for young women’s employment rather than domestic service. Fretting “mistresses” complained about the dearth of remaining girls available.

That year, the fledgling New Idea magazine published a series of undercover articles, including about experiences such as working in a tobacco factory and applying for domestic service at an employment agency. Unlike Franklin, the New Idea journalist stopped there, while Franklin spent a full, gruelling year as a servant.

The “servant question” was an ideal local investigation. The newly federated Australia was growing due to the wool industry – “on the sheep’s back”. But in the cities, factories were an alternative engine for young women’s employment rather than domestic service. Fretting “mistresses” complained about the dearth of remaining girls available.

Servants retorted that if they were treated better, perhaps they would stay. One suggested scandalously that mistresses should give references about how they treat servants to prospective hires, pre-dating contemporary suggestions that owners and agencies should prove their fitness as landlords to tenants.

The debate around “the servant question” exposed Australia’s myth of equality. Franklin’s family was no exception. While drought drove her parents off their farm, Stillwater, to a plot in Penrith (then a rural town outside Sydney), they were cultured and educated. Franklin’s wealthy grandmother ran a station in the Snowy Mountains, on which Franklin based the elegant homestead, Caddagat, in My Brilliant Career. A governess or nurse was acceptable, she wrote in her accompanying summary to her manuscript, but “a servant raised considerable horror among my circle”.

Franklin was undeterred. As well as a new writing project, she needed money and a roof if she wanted to live in the city rather than at home. Suffragette Rose Scott, who called Franklin her “spirit child”, invited her to stay. But while Franklin appreciated the support, at times Rose was suffocating.

Revealing the independent streak that would define her life, Franklin wrote, “it was imperative I get work to sustain myself”.

‘This suppression!’

Franklin’s real servant pseudonym was “Sarah Frankling”, a play on her middle name and her surname. “Mary-Anne”, at the time a well known slang name for servants, was only used for the manuscript, to hide identities.

Franklin’s live-in domestic servant positions included kitchen maid, parlour maid and “general” servant. She worked in a terrace she dubbed a “cubby house”, an upmarket boarding house, a harbourside villa, a wealthy merchant home, and mansions in Sydney and Melbourne. Franklin stayed a maximum of two months at each post for a year in total, after which she planned to write.

In the manuscript, Franklin recounts that she rapidly lost weight and felt her spirit become “suppressed” by the monotony and tiring nature of servant work. Depending on the number of staff and her duties, she hand-rolled heavy, wet clothes through a washing mangle; served pre-breakfast tea and toast in bed, which she thought was an obscene indulgence; cooked and served full hot breakfasts and dinners daily; waited on guests in the boarding house’s dining room, nicknamed “the zoo”; cleaned the guest rooms and parlours; and helped at high-society balls. She kept fires burning in winter and sweated through heavy housework and cooking in summer.

The hours were brutal. She usually woke at dawn, and only finished after the evening dinners were served, or if she was a kitchen maid, after she cleaned the mess away. Not all her employers offered a luxurious whole afternoon off per week. She worked through burns sustained on the job, and was brought to tears by a mistress who ordered her to change her carefully arranged hair. The house’s Irish cook opined that the mistress was threatened by Franklin’s “toy figure” and “fairy face”.

As the months passed at different employers, fatigue turned to anger, and loneliness to friendships with fellow servants. It is heartening to see a snobby young Franklin mature and change as she rubbed tired elbows with those she previously saw as beneath her status. She cheekily flirted with a lovestruck tradie, just as she traded Shakespearian quips with an intrigued young naval officer staying at the posh boarding house.

When Scott learned Franklin was working as a servant, she chided her for not refusing the conditions as an example to others. However, Franklin knew any insolence or objection meant instant dismissal, ruining her research and current livelihood.

Scott also misread Franklin’s long-term goal – writing the servant book. In her diary, Franklin recorded what she could not say out loud. She cynically noted that “to be sensitive would be unfortunate” for a servant. “The maid must not want for pleasure,” Franklin warned, “because she will have no time to gratify it”. Be presentable but not too pretty, she advised; be polite but not so fancy or fussy to refuse tiny, “ill-aired” servant quarters next to the laundry.

The servant year confirmed her lifelong views of marriage as stifling. Echoing My Brilliant Career, Franklin vented her feminist frustration in the diary entries. She wrote of the terrace’s “Mistress”: “sooth, when a woman of ordinary intelligence gives the whole of her time, brain and energy to the running of a miniature establishment”.

As for the husband, an irritated Franklin wrote that he was “boss of his own backyard and lord of his little suburban dining room”.

Biographers brush over servant year

Biographies of Miles Franklin have largely followed the traditional “cradle to grave” of her life, in which the critical servant year has been brushed over like a quick sweep of the biographical floor. One of Franklin’s first biographers, Marjorie Barnard, dismissed Mary-Anne as of little interest.

Jill Roe, author of the epic biography Stella Miles Franklin, read the existing Mary-Anne draft manuscript, describing it in her book as Franklin’s “social experiment”. Yet even Roe is succinct about Mary-Anne, compared to other years in Franklin’s eventful life. Roe lists Franklin’s known servant employers, admires her pluck and commiserates over it not being published due to concerns she had defamed her employers. (Franklin’s pseudonyms for her employers were chiffon thin, so easily identifiable.)

There were other intractable problems too with the manuscript, though Franklin may have edited another draft before submitting it for publication. The existing draft is overlong, unwieldy and inconsistent in its point of view. Franklin switches between “I” and later, “Mary-Anne”, as if she fully collapses into her servant life.

Despite her failure to find a publisher for her manuscript, Franklin continued her journalism. She began writing for the Sydney Morning Herald, which suited her fast writing style, and helped her earn money with a pen.

In 1908, Franklin joined the women’s trade union movement and advocated for working women, all the while working on her own novel, writing and resisting the status quo of the Edwardian era. She finally returned to literary acclaim with the award-winning All That Swagger in 1936, a colonial saga of a pioneering family, and another historical series she wrote under the pseudonym “Brent of Bin Bin”.

Upon her death in 1954, tributes reported that “Australian literature lost one of its great figures”.

The ‘servant question’ remains

Franklin’s investigation of the servant question now seems quaint. Appliances have changed from washing mangles and melting iceboxes to sleek stainless steel and glossy white machines that beep and hum in the background.

Yet demand for service remains. “Servants” are still in our lives; they just answer to an app rather than a bell. They clean our houses while we are out, or they are chefs on call who cook meals delivered by mobile waiters on electric bikes and scooters who brave traffic as they dash to door to door. Uber and Dido chauffeurs compete to pick us up from wherever we happen to be.

The exploitation remains, too. At the extreme, the Sri Lankan Embassy in Canberra has been ordered to pay $117,000 in back wages to its domestic servant, paid 90 cents an hour. More broadly, Fair Work last year moved to protect gig workers in the share economy, recognising its endemic lack of rights and risks.

Since Franklin’s Mary-Anne, low-wage service work has been revisited periodically by writers interested in social justice. In 1933, inspired by Jack London, George Orwell chronicled the months he spent impoverished and doing menial jobs in Down and Out in Paris and London.

In 2001, Barbara Ehrenreich published the acclaimed Nickel and Dimed, about working and living on minimum wage. Elisabeth Wynhausen wrote an Australian version, Dirt Cheap: Life at the wrong end of the job market in 2005. Alexandrea J. Ravenelle brought the history full circle in 2019 with her collected stories of 80 gig economy workers in her book, Hustle and Gig. All these authors had similar conclusions to Franklin: low-wage service work is grinding and exploitative.

At its core, the servant question hasn’t changed at all since Franklin’s investigation over a hundred years ago.

Miles Franklin Undercover by Kerrie Davies is published by Allen & Unwin.

*Slightly edited to omit photographs.

Alice McVeigh at the London Book Fair

Alice McVeigh is the author of several novels which speculate on Jane Austen characters and plots. The first I read was Susan A Jane Austen Prequel, Warleigh Hall Press, 2021, reviewed in the blog November 10, 2021. In part I wrote:

In Alice McVeigh’s novel, Susan Smithson, with luxuriant black curls and acknowledged as the prettiest girl in the school, is expelled because she flirted with the music master and did not cry out when he kissed her hand. She must return to her aunt and uncle’s house in London, but under far more intrusive guard than in the past. Her reputation for beauty, flirtation, achieving her own desires, despite her poverty and low expectations of a grand marriage set the scene for this forerunner of Jane Austen’s Lady Susan…

Although the story begins slowly, the pace, intrigue and vitality with which Susan approaches every possible pitfall, her delightfully devious use of others’ weaknesses and attempts to maintain the hierarchical workings of the society Susan wishes to defeat become fully engaging. McVeigh, unlike Austen who had to mute her criticisms of the role of class and money somewhat, is clear about the discrimination Susan and Alicia (the ‘Parsonage girls’) suffer. Here, we can see glimmerings of the way in which Lady Susan is possibly forced to operate, or at least has become accustomed to fighting battles that arise only because she is a woman, and poor…

The book can … [encourge you to reread] Jane Austen’s novels or can be enjoyed as a standalone story of two friends, Alicia and Susan, whose role as ‘the Parsonage girls’ is overturned with delightful intervention by Susan.

Mcveigh followed up Susan A Jane Austen Prequel with Harriet which I also enjoyed, and then Darcy and Pride and Perjury.

For the second consecutive year, Alice McVeigh was shortlisted for the UK Selfies Book Fiction Award at the London Book Fair. Following is her comments on the Fair and the role of less well-known authors:

Despite the humiliation of coming fifth (out of, um, six) in the Bromley Tennis Centre Elemis tennis tournament – not to mention failing with my Kickstarter AND failing to win the London Book Fair’s prestigious UK Selfies in adult fiction, for the second year in a row… I’m still finding lots to celebrate.

For a start, my fellow competitors for the UK Selfies were fantastic. With two, in particular, I suspect that I’m destined to be lifelong pals: one a rival in the adult fiction, the other a finalist in the children’s fiction. (For my cheap-and-cheerful guide on how to survive the London Book Fair, click on the link below!!!!)In short, the London Book Fair is NOT as glam as it sounds.

Your friends will regard you with ill-placed envy upon hearing of your being invited, imagining you swanning about, chin-wagging with top agents and swiping the autographs of celebrity authors such as Osman or Colleen Hoover.

In fact, if you want two seconds with a celeb you have to queue up for decades, and though the top agents are there (you get nudged, ‘Wow!!! Look, isn’t that Wiley!!!?’) they only deign to speak to their fellows, while the less-famous agents sweat in rows of desks a mere elbow’s-width away from their hard-pressed colleagues, in hot and humid holes the punters never wander into. And – apparently – not even these lesser-spotted agents can be seen without an appointment.

In short, unless you ARE a celeb or an agent, this is NOT the place to ignite your career.

You can spot the newbies because they have hopeful expression and books to sell. (Sadly, not even Penguin Random House sells BOOKS at the London Book Fair!)

The LBF guide advises shoes good for walking, but what they cannily refrain from saying is that you won’t be walking so much as STANDING… There are seats only for the lucky few, and all of us Selfie finalists were sitting on the floor, lol. You have to queue for ages for a coffee, or for the loos, or for an interesting panel (some of these were great) but often you’ll be standing to listen, if they’re really good. At times, the crush of people just gets to be  too much and you slink into a dark corner, plop down on your winter coat and dig out your Kindle.  (Yes, you escape from the London Book Fair with a good book!)Though you feel a little guilty at this pleasure, as you feel you ought to be networking with your fellow scribes, collaring a translation deal in Bulgarian or laughing at a panel discussion (one, hilariously, was a lesbian erotica author selling so many cartloads per month from her website alone that she’s had to HIRE A WAREHOUSE. Believe me, I’m in ENTIRELY the wrong genre!!!)  (See my video: Alice’s cheap and cheerful guide to the London Book Fair!!!)

American Politics

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> Unsubscribe

June 7, 2025 Heather Cox RichardsonJun 8 

In April, John Phelan, the U.S. Secretary of the Navy under President Donald J. Trump, posted that he visited the U.S.S. Arizona Memorial “to pay my respects to the service members and civilians we lost at Pearl Harbor on the fateful day of June 7, 1941.”The Secretary of the Navy is the civilian head of the U.S. Navy, overseeing the readiness and well-being of almost one million Navy personnel. Phelan never served in the military; he was nominated for his post because he was a large donor to Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign. He told the Senate his experience overseeing and running large companies made him an ideal candidate for leading the Navy.

The U.S. naval base at Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, is famous in U.S. history as the site of a surprise attack by 353 Japanese aircraft that destroyed or damaged more than 300 aircraft, three destroyers, and all eight of the U.S. battleships in the harbor. Four of those battleships sank, including the U.S.S. Arizona, which remains at the bottom of the harbor as a memorial to the more than 2,400 people who died in the attack, including the 1,177 who died on the Arizona itself.

The day after the attack on Pearl Harbor, the United States entered World War II.

Pearl Harbor Day is a landmark in U.S. history. It is observed annually and known by the name President Franklin Delano Roosevelt called it: “a date which will live in infamy.”

But that date was not June 7, eighty-four years ago today.

It was December 7, 1941.The Trump administration claims to be deeply concerned about American history. In March, Trump issued an executive order calling for “restoring truth and sanity to American history.” It complained, as Trump did in his first term, that there has been “a concerted and widespread effort to rewrite our Nation’s history, replacing objective facts with a distorted narrative driven by ideology rather than truth. This revisionist movement seeks to undermine the remarkable achievements of the United States by casting its founding principles and historical milestones in a negative light.”

The document ordered the secretary of the interior to reinstate any “monuments, memorials, statues, markers, or similar properties” that had been “removed or changed to perpetuate a false reconstruction of American history, inappropriately minimize the value of certain historical events or figures, or include any other improper partisan ideology.” It spelled out that the administration wanted only “solemn and uplifting public monuments that remind Americans of our extraordinary heritage, consistent progress toward becoming a more perfect Union, and unmatched record of advancing liberty, prosperity, and human flourishing.”

To that end, Trump has called for building 250 statues in a $34 million “National Garden of American Heroes” sculpture garden in order to create an “abiding love of country and lasting patriotism” in time for the nation’s 250th birthday on July 4, 2026. On May 31, Michael Schaffer of Politico reported that artists and curators say the plan is “completely unworkable.” U.S. sculptors tend to work in abstraction or modernism, which the call for proposals forbids in favor of realism; moreover, there aren’t enough U.S. foundries to do the work that quickly.

Trump is using false history to make his followers believe they are fighting a war for the soul of America. “[W]e will never cave to the left wing and the left-wing intolerance,” he told a crowd in 2020. “They hate our history, they hate our values, and they hate everything we prize as Americans,” he said. Like authoritarians before him, Trump promised to return the country to divinely inspired rules that would create disaster if ignored but if followed would “make America great again.” At a 2020 rally, Trump said: “The left-wing mob is trying to demolish our heritage, so they can replace it with a new oppressive regime that they alone control. This is a battle to save the Heritage, History, and Greatness of our Country.”

Trump’s enthusiasm for using history to cement his power has little to do with actual history. History is the study of how and why societies change. To understand that change, historians use evidence—letters, newspapers, photographs, songs, art, objects, records, and so on—to figure out what levers moved society. In that study, accuracy is crucial. You cannot understand what creates change in a society unless you look carefully at all the evidence. An inaccurate picture will produce a poor understanding of what creates change, and people who absorb that understanding will make poor decisions about their future.

Those who cannot remember the past accurately are condemned to repeat its worst moments.

The hard lessons of history seem to be repeating themselves in the U.S. these days, and with the nation’s 250th anniversary approaching, some friends and I got to talking about how we could make our real history more accessible.After a lot of brainstorming and a lot of help—and an incredibly well timed message from a former student who has become a videographer—we have come up with Journey to American Democracy: a series of short videos about American history that we will release on my YouTube channel, Facebook, and Instagram. They will be either short explainers about something in the news or what we are releasing tonight: a set of videos that can be viewed individually or can be watched together to simulate a survey course about an important event or issue in American history.

Journey to American Democracy explores how democracy has always required blood and sweat and inspiration to overcome the efforts of those who would deny equality to their neighbors. It examines how, for more than two centuries, ordinary people have worked to make the principles the founders articulated in the Declaration of Independence the law of the land.Those principles establish that we have a right to be treated equally before the law, to have a say in our government, and to have equal access to resources.In late April, in an interview with Terry Moran of ABC News, Trump showed Moran that he had had a copy of the Declaration of Independence hung in the Oval Office. The interview had been thorny, and Moran used Trump’s calling attention to the Declaration to ask a softball question. He asked Trump what the document that he had gone out of his way to hang in the Oval Office meant to him.

Trump answered: “Well, it means exactly what it says, it’s a declaration. A declaration of unity and love and respect, and it means a lot. And it’s something very special to our country.”

The Declaration of Independence is indeed very special to our country. But it is not a declaration of love and unity. It is the radical declaration of Americans that human beings have the right to throw off a king in order to govern themselves. That story is here, in the first video series of Journey to American Democracy called “Ten Steps to Revolution.”

I hope you enjoy it.

https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL2dS6uX1RkUyIQKUhI72xmstYGNpN_k1B—Notes:https://federalnewsnetwork.com/navy/2025/02/john-phelan-trump-donor-businessman-with-no-prior-military-experience-poised-to-lead-the-navy/https://www.archives.gov/publications/prologue/2001/winter/crafting-day-of-infamy-speech.htmlhttps://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/03/restoring-truth-and-sanity-to-american-history/https://people.com/donald-trump-says-declaration-of-independence-is-about-love-and-respect-11727211https://trumpwhitehouse.archives.gov/presidential-actions/executive-order-building-national-garden-american-heroes/Barbara Sprunt, Alana Wise, “Trump Addresses Tightly Packed Arizona Crowd Amid State’s Growing Coronavirus Crisis,” NPR, June 23, 2020.Brad Poole, “Trump Rally Fills Megachurch With Young Conservatives,” Courthouse News Service, June 23, 2020.https://www.politico.com/news/magazine/2025/05/31/trump-sculpture-garden-american-heroes-china-00372297X:grok/status/1916523226307739750ChrisDJackson/status/1916280385291575462

Brilliant & Bold!

This meeting was held on Sunday 8 June, and can be seen on The Hon. Dr Jocelynne Annette Scutt’s Facebook page. The articles, below, from The Conversation, and following in The Economist, add to the debate about voting intentions in the UK and America.

Participants in Brilliant and Bold! discussed The State of the World! in response to the following email:

Dear All –

Elections have been taking place over the past two years heralding change, with policies under fire, questions about divisions between generations and within generations, and concern about rising authoritarianism and even dictatorship and failure of democracy. Yet the direction is not all one way, and not all voters are persuaded by rightwing social media elements that strength lies in bullying tactics. In the US there is concern on the part of the Democrats as to ‘how will they get back young male voters’ with a divide between male and female voting patterns, particularly those in the ‘youth’ category. Yet this divide is not showing up in Australia, at least not in the dimension experienced in the US – at the most recent election (3 May 2025) voting patterns show that the supposed divide between young women and young men did not happen. Yes, there is a visible right-wing movement, and young women are more liberal than young men, but the results of the election indicate that this is not having the traction it was supposed would eventuate. Yet in the United Kingdom, local government elections on 1 May showed a turn against Labour – with Labour’s national policies being seen as primarily responsible, the votes going to right-wing Reform (if voters were not liberally inclined) or Greens (if they wanted to ‘send a message to Labour’). In Poland a nationalist has just been elected president. In France an apparent domestic contretemps has attracted attention away from matters of state. In the US there’s been a contretemps of another kind, with a falling out between parties evidenced by agitation on their respective social media outlets. Meanwhile the BBC’s ‘Adolescence’, featuring a schoolboy as the protagonist alienated from society and seeing killing as the solution has sparked discussion – with varying perspectives and conflicting viewpoints. 

The Conversation

Republished under

Author

  1. Paul Whiteley Professor, Department of Government, University of Essex
Disclosure statement

Paul Whiteley has received funding from the British Academy and the ESRC.

Reform leads in voting intentions – but where does their vote come from?*

Published: June 5, 2025 10.55pm AEST

Recent voting intention polling from YouGov (May 27) shows Reform UK in first place, 8% ahead of Labour and 10% ahead of the Conservatives, who are now in third place.

The rising popularity of Nigel Farage’s party is an unprecedented threat to the major parties. This was driven home in recent local elections in England, where Reform won 677 seats and took control of 10 local authorities. But where does this support come from?https://datawrapper.dwcdn.net/TraMz/1/

The survey compares respondent voting intention to their votes in the 2024 general election.

Voting intention – May 27 

Graphic – YouGov weekly tracker See: YouGov Get the data Created with Datawrapper

If we look at Conservative voters, 27% of them have switched to Reform in their voting intentions while 66% remain loyal. Alarmingly for Labour, only 60% of their 2024 voters have remained loyal and 15% intend to vote for Reform, while 12% switched to the Liberal Democrats and 9% to the Greens.

Labour has been squeezed from both sides of the political spectrum, but the loss to the left is significantly larger than the loss to the right.

In contrast, 73% of Liberal Democrat voters have remained loyal to the party with only 7% switching to Reform and 8% going to Labour. Not surprisingly, 91% of Reform voters have remained loyal, with 5% going to the Conservatives and 3% going to the Greens. None of the Reform voters have switched to Labour or the Liberal Democrats.

Reform’s rise has led the Labour government to take more hardline stances on key issues, particularly immigration and asylum – which around half of YouGov respondents say is the most important issue facing the country.

And with small boat crossings on the rise again, it remains to be seen whether the government’s recent proposals to reduce net migration will be enough to hold onto wavering supporters.

Social backgrounds and party support

If we probe a bit further into the social characteristics of voters, only 8% of 18 to 24-year-olds support Reform, compared with 35% of 50 to 64-year-olds and 33% of the over-65s. Some 34% of the younger group support Labour, 12% the Conservatives, 15% the Liberal Democrats and 25% the Greens.

As far as the 50 to 64-year-olds are concerned, 19% support Labour, 16% the Conservatives, 16% the Liberal Democrats and 9% the Greens. There is currently a significant age divide when it comes to party support.

With respect to class (or “social grade” as it is described in contemporary surveys), 23% of the middle-class support Reform compared with 38% of the working class. The latter were the bedrock of Labour support a couple of generations ago, but now only 19% support Labour, with 17% supporting the Conservatives and 12% the Liberal Democrats.

Current support for the parties among middle-class voters apart from Reform is 22% for Labour, 21% for the Conservatives and 17% for the Liberal Democrats. Again, the middle class used to be the key supporters of the Conservative party, but at the moment the party is running third behind its rivals in this group.

Finally, the relationship between gender and support for the parties is also interesting. Some 35% of male respondents support Reform compared with only 24% of female respondents.

In contrast, 21% of both men and women support Labour. The figures for the Conservatives are 16% of men and 22% of women, and Liberal Democrat support is 14% support from men and 16% from women.

There is also notable support for Reform among those who voted Leave in the 2016 Brexit referendum in the YouGov survey. Altogether 53% of Leave voters in the EU Referendum opted for Reform and 24% supported the Conservatives, with 8% supporting Labour, 8% the Liberal Democrats and 4% the Greens. In the case of Remain voters, 10% chose Reform, 17% went for the Conservatives, 30% for Labour, 23% for the Liberal Democrats and 14% for the Greens.

Not surprisingly, Reform takes the largest share of Brexit voters, but just over half of them – indicating that a lot of change has occurred in support since the 2016 referendum and Farage’s role in the Leave campaign. The fact that 10% of Remain voters switched to Reform and 20% of Leave voters have switched to Labour, the Liberal Democrats or the Greens shows that it is not just a simple case of support for Brexit leading to support for Reform.

Voting and volatility

Before Nigel Farage starts picking out curtains for Number 10, it is worth looking at another volatile moment in British political history. The Voting intention in December 1981 Gallup poll showed the effects of the split in the Labour party in 1981, when the Social Democratic Party was formed by the “gang of four” breakaway Labour politicians, Shirley Williams, Roy Jenkins, David Owen and Bill Rodgers.

The newly formed party agreed an electoral pact with the Liberals, which continued until the 1983 election. A Gallup poll published in December 1981 shows a massive lead for the SDP-Liberal Alliance.

And yet, Margaret Thatcher’s Conservatives won that election. Labour came second by a small margin ahead of the SDP-Liberal Alliance and remained the main opposition party.

The point of this example is that a massive lead in the polls for the SDP-Liberal Alliance shortly after it was established did not provide a breakthrough in the general election two years later. Reform may be in the lead now, but this does not mean that it will win the general election of 2028-29.

That said, there is a real risk for Labour continuing to lose support to both the left and the right – something which it needs to rapidly repair. Rachel Reeves’s “iron chancellor” strategy, in which the government announces fiscal rules which it claims to stand by at all costs, is no longer credible.

As the Institute of Government points out, every single fiscal rule adopted since 2008 has subsequently been abandoned. A strategy of continuing austerity by making significant cuts in the welfare budget to calm financial markets is likely to fail, both in the economy and with voters.

*The graphics available in the original could not be transferred to this copy. See the original at https://theconversation.com/reform-leads-in-voting-intentions-but-where-does-their-vote-come-from-257754?utm_source=clipboard&utm_medium=bylinecopy_url_button

The Economist May 31st 2025

The Zillennial election

How young voters helped to put Trump in the White House

And why millennials and Gen Zers are already leaving the president

THE 2024 election unfolded like a political thriller, replete with a last-minute candidate change, a cover-up, assassination attempts and ultimately the triumphant return of a convicted felon. But amid the spectacle, a quieter transformation took place. For the first time, millennials and Gen Z, people born between 1981 and 2006, comprised a plurality of the electorate. Their drift towards Donald Trump shaped the outcome… (P.29)

The article goes on to suggest that this group’s vote for Kamala Harris was 12 points smaller than the vote for Joe Biden in 2020. Further, it is suggested that economic pressure was a significant issue. This group’s consumption of ‘news from non-traditional sources’ was also important.

The good news for Democrats is ‘that millennial and GenZ voters appear persuadable. Already, data from YouGov/The Economist show that many of the gains Mr Trump made for his party amongst the youngest voters have begun to diminish…the president’s net approval has fallen by around 13 points nationwide. Among the undr-30s it has plunged 25 points, from net positive to a net negative 21. See graphic below:

Secret London

A Stunning Secret Garden Filled With Lavender Is Opening For The Summer – And It’s Less Than An Hour From London

The season for frolicking in fields of flowers is finally here, and a picture-perfect purple paradise is about open its secretive gates for the occasion.

 Katie Forge – Staff Writer • 5 June, 2025

A field full of rows of lavender at sunset
Credit: Mayfield Lavender

Very much like myself, lavender truly comes into its own during the summer months. And despite the mild identity crisis the weather is currently experiencing; summer is slowly but surely (emphasis on the word slowly) making its way to the capital city – and I’m well-and-truly ready for a season of live, laugh, lav-ing.

Now, you’ve probably heard of Mayfield Lavender Farm; the purple paradise that Londoners flock to each year to frolic in the fragrant flowers and fill their Instagram feeds with photos captioned ‘a lav-ley day for it’. Or perhaps that’s just me. Anyway, what you may not have heard of, however, is Mayfield’s slightly smaller and far more surreptitious sibling, the Secret Lavender Garden. Sounds pretty interesting, right?

The Secret Lavender Garden

Just ten minutes from Mayfield’s main floral farm, and less than an hour from the capital, is the new-for-this-year Secret Lavender Garden. This exclusive experience allows far fewer people to enter at a time, making for a much more intimate and peaceful way to enjoy lavender season.

An image of a field of lavender with a gazebo in the middle of it
Credit: Mayfield Lavender

This hidden haven is filled with rows upon rows of gorgeous lavender, and also boasts an apple orchard, over 500 fruit trees, sweeping views and plenty of local wildlife. The Secret Lavender Garden is swinging open its gates on June 21 and will remain open until August 24. And by welcoming just 40 guests in each morning slots and 60 in the afternoon, the secluded sanctuary will offer visitors a terrifically tranquil way to revel in the blooms.

If meandering through the sea of lavender leaves you feeling a tad peckish, fear not. There’s an on-site café that will be serving up a whole host of lavender-themed tasty treats. But if you fancy an al-fresco feast, you could pack yourself a picnic to enjoy outdoors, or opt to preorder one of Mayfield’s hand-crafted hampers. It all sounds blooming wonderful to me, that’s for sure.

Getting to the Secret Lavender Garden from London

The nearest station to the Secret Lavender Garden is Epsom Downs, which is a direct and fairly speedy train from London Victoria. The garden is then just a short walk from the station. If you’re travelling by car, the Secret Lavender Garden is approximately an hour’s drive from central London. Parking is free, but spaces are limited and need to be booked in advance on their website.

Find out more about Mayfield’s Secret Lavender Garden and plan your visit here.

BookBar Has Just Opened Its Stunning New Second Site In London – All Set For Your Book Buying And Wine Drinking

BookBar, where wine bar meets bookshop, now has second shop in London, and you can find them over in Chelsea.

 Jack Saddler – Editor • 5 June, 2025

Books and layout of the interior at BookBar Chelsea
Credit: Phoebe Anderson

If you’ve strolled down the Blackstock Road in North London, you’ll have noticed the striking yet welcoming exterior of BookBar, a space that has always lived by the mantra of ‘bringing people together through books’. Combining the beauty of a bookshop and wine bar, it’s served as an independent literary hangout for those wanting to browse books, read, or natter while enjoying a glass of wine or coffee.

Earlier this year, it was announced that a second BookBar is opening in London, and now that day is upon us – with a flagship shop just off the King’s Road throwing its doors open today (June 5). Anyone is now welcome to head in to check it out, and those who purchase a book over £9.99 will be offered a complimentary bottle of glass of fizz or bottled soft drink to celebrate.

BookBar founder Chrissy Ryan outside new shop location in Chelsea
BookBar founder Chrissy Ryan outside the new Chelsea shop site prior to opening (Credit: Supplied)
What can we expect from the second BookBar shop?

Everything that has endeared the current BookBar to so many will be present in the new 1,200 square foot space, which will also serve as a bookshop, wine and coffee bar, and social space. Plus, the intimate events with writers that have been central to BookBar’s success will be built on at the new flagship space.

BookBar has already revealed a stellar lineup of evenings taking place across the next month to open events at the flagship store in style. On June 19, you can head over to the new space to hear Katie Kitamuta talk about her book Audition with fellow author Caleb Azumah Nelson picking her brain. On June 23, you can attend an evening with the masterful Elif Shafak, author of the stunning There Are Rivers In The Sky and The Island of Missing Trees – the former of which has just come out as a paperback.

Interior of BookBar 2 which is open now in Chelsesa
Credit: Phoebe Anderson

Fast forward to June 30, and you can see Jessica Stanley speaking on her romance novel, Consider Yourself Kissed with Natahsa Lunn, before Alice Slater (celebrating the publication of Let The Bad Times Roll) joins BookBar for an evening of cocktails and conversation. Oisín McKenna, author of the acclaimed Evenings And Weekends, will be hitting BookBar on July 29 to speak to Francesca Reece and thus rounding off the opening run of events in style.

Of course, this beautiful lineup is just the start, and there will no doubt be plenty more authors and members of the literary world heading through the doors to share their wisdom. In the past, BookBar has hosted evenings with authors from Gabrielle Zevin to Dolly Alderton and David Nicholls, and there will be plenty more of these to come.

BookBar Islington interior with people enjoying a wine
Credit: BookBar

BookBar’s second shop will also act as a space to continue the community ethos established at the Islington site, with their book clubs, meetups, and late-night browsing and wine-sipping. The Bookbar BookClub allows members to view virtual author events, attend in-person meets, enjoy discounts and perks, and with the news of the second BookBar shop coming to London, there hasn’t been a better time to try it out.

Speaking on the news earlier in the year, Chrissy Ryan, founder of BookBar, said: “BookBar has grown from strength to strength since we opened during the pandemic in April 2021. In those four years, BookBar has expanded from two to seven team-members, been a three–times finalist for London’s Independent Bookshop of the Year, hosted high profile events, launched a growing subscription Book Club service and built a large and engaged community of book, wine, and coffee-lovers.

“As a business, we feel ready to take the next step, and I cannot wait to bring our passion for celebrating the social side of reading to Chelsea and contributing to its thriving cultural scene.”

BookBar’s second shop is open now at 11 Chelsea Manor Street, SW3 3TW.

Read more about the original BookBar shop here.

Some residents in Notting Hill are painting the front of their colourful houses black in a bid to put off influencers taking photos outside.

 Secret London is a great publication, and it’s well worth subscribing for people in the UK and those planning a trip – it could even encourage you to do so.
Not subscribed yet? It only takes two seconds! Subscribe →Thanks for reading and sharing! We’ll be back next week with more plans. Have a great day and see you in London.

It is Sara Paretsky’s birthday this week. She was born in Iowa in 1947. She adopted a new approach to the private eye genre with female private eye V.I. Warshawski. She appeared first in Indemnity Only in 1982. Her last book was Pay Dirt in 2024. I enjoyed so many of her novels and was keen to see Kathleen Turner in the role of V.I. Warshawski. However, this film did not take advantage of the numerous story lines that flourish in Paretsky’s novels, and was unsuccessful. All I recall of it is disappointment, and the wonderful red shoes worn by V.I. However, after not having read a Paretsky for years, I feel tempted to read the new one.